Today's Hours: 8:00am - 6:00pm

Books

  • Digital
    Longjian Liu.
    Contents:
    Introduction
    Pathophysiology and risk profiles of heart failure
    Research and design
    Biostatistical basis of inference in heart failure study
    Advanced biostatistics and epidemiology applied in heart failure study
    Precision medicine and areas for further research.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Md. Shahidul Islam, editor.
    Summary: "Heart Failure: From Research to Clinical Practice” contains chapters that describe the current views on the biological mechanisms, clinical assessment, diagnosis and evidence-based treatments of the condition. Topics in this volume range from basic research at cell and molecular level to patient care in everyday clinical practice and provide essential background information and analyses of recent advances for a deeper understanding of the issues involved. With contributions from international experts in their specified fields and are suitable for both beginners and more advanced readers. This volume includes not only the essential information for clinical practice but also the latest information from the contemporary guidelines and the recommendations from leading societies. It also covers ongoing research and puts forward new hypotheses that can be tested in future research. This comprehensive volume will provide a valuable resource for both research students and expert clinicians"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Heart failure: from research to clinical practice / Md. Shahidul Islam
    Transition of left ventricular ejection fraction in heart failure / Yasuhiko Sakata, Kanako Tsuji, Kotaro Nochioka, Hiroaki Shimokawa
    Combination therapy of renin angiotensin system inhibitors and [beta]-blockers in patients with heart failure / Kotaro Nochioka, Yasuhiko Sakata, Hiroaki Shimokawa
    Combination of hydralazine and isosorbide-dinitrate in the treatment of patients with heart failure with reduced ejection fraction / Noémi Nyolczas, Miklós Dékány, Balázs Muk, Barna Szabó
    The art and science of using diuretics in the treatment of heart failure in diverse clinical settings / Md. Shahidul Islam
    Treatment of heart failure with preserved ejection fraction / Adriana Mihaela Ilieșiu, Andreea Simona Hodorogea
    Circulating biomarkers in heart failure / Alexander E. Berezin
    Evolving role of natriuretic peptides from diagnostic tool to therapeutic modality / Ines Pagel-Langenickel
    The role of cardiologists in the management of patients with heart failure / Vera Maria Avaldi, Jacopo Lenzi
    Optimizing management of heart failure by using echo and natriuretic peptides in the outpatient unit / Frank Lloyd Dini, Gani Bajraktari, Cornelia Zara, Nicola Mumoli, Gian Marco Rosa
    Physical training and cardiac rehabilitation in heart failure patients / Cesare de Gregorio
    Advanced non-invasive imaging techniques in chronic heart failure and cardiomyopathies / Gianluca Di Bella, Fausto Pizzino, Rocco Donato, Dalia Di Nunzio, Cesare de Gregorio
    Pathogenesis, clinical features and treatment of diabetic cardiomyopathy / Núria Alonso, Pedro Moliner, Dídac Mauricio
    Heart failure and kidney disease / Dario Grande, Margherita Ilaria Gioia, Paola Terlizzese, Massimo Iacoviello
    Dysthyroidism and chronic heart failure: pathophysiological mechanisms and therapeutic approaches / Caterina Rizzo, Margherita Ilaria Gioia, Giuseppe Parisi, Vincenzo Triggiani, Massimo Iacoviello
    Management of bradyarrhythmias in heart failure: a tailored approach / Daniele Masarone [and others]
    Percutaneous mitral valve interventions and heart failure / Abhishek Sharma, Sunny Goel, Sahil Agrawal
    Left ventricular assist devices: a state of the art review / Christina Feldmann, Anamika Chatterjee, Axel Haverich, Jan D. Schmitto
    Palliative care in the management of patients with advanced heart failure / Susan E. Lowey
    Athlete's heart and left heart disease / Cesare de Gregorio, Dalia Di Nunzio, Gianluca Di Bella
    Central sleep apnea with Cheyne-Stokes breathing in heart failure:from research to clinical practice and beyond / K. Terziyski, A. Draganova
    The evolution of mhealth solutions for heart failure management / Evanthia E. Tripoliti, Georgia S. Karanasiou, Fanis G. Kalatzis, Katerina K. Naka, Dimitrios I. Fotiadis
    New insights in cardiac calcium handling and excitation-contraction coupling / Jessica Gambardella, Bruno Trimarco, Guido Iaccarino, Gaetano Santulli
    Critical appraisal of multivariable prognostic scores in heart failure: development, validation and clinical utility / Andrea Passantino, Pietro Guida, Giuseppe Parisi, Massimo Iacoviello, Domenico Scrutinio
    Erratum to: Management of bradyarrhythmias in heart failure: a tailored approach / Daniele Masarone [and others]
    Erratum to: Percutaneous mitral valve interventions and heart failure / Abhishek Sharma, Sunny Goel, Sahil Agrawal.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Lorna Swan, Alexandra A. Frogoudaki, editors.
    Summary: This book sheds new light on the diagnosis and treatment of Heart Failure in adult patients with congenital heart disease. This is a rapidly growing clinical issue for this group of patients and the clinical teams caring for them. The book highlights the major clinical dilemmas in diagnosing heart failure in patients with a lifelong cardiac condition and describes in details the utility of biomarkers, complex imaging and functional tests, e.g. the cardiopulmonary exercise testing. A step-wise approach to treatment is described from drug therapy through to devices and transplantation. As such, the book offers an essential guide for cardiologists and cardiac surgeons looking to optimize the management of patients with delicate physiology and complex disease.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Edoardo Gronda, Emilio Vanoli, Alexandru Costea, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Udi Nussinovitch.
    Contents:
    Pathphysiology of autoimmunity and immune-mediated mechanisms in cardiovascular diseases / O. Shamriz, U. Nussinovitch and N.R. Rose
    Organ-specific autoimmune myocardial diseases / A.L.P. Caforio, R. Marcolongo, G. Malipiero, C. Agostini, M. Seguso, N. Gallo, M. Plebani and S. Iliceto
    Autoantibodies directed against G-protein-coupled receptors in cardiovascular diseases / B. Bornholz, G. Wallukat, D. Roggenbuck and I. Schimke
    Immune-mediated accelerated atherosclerosis / S. Grubber, D. Tsiantoulas and C.J. Binder
    A study of cardiac function, atherosclerosis, and arrhythmogenicity / U. Nussinovitch, A. Sadoo and M. Malik
    Rheumatiod arthritis / T. Dimitroulas, A. Sandoo, S. Skeoch, M. O'Sullivan, M. Yessirkepov, L. Ayvazyan, A.Y. Gasparyan, G. Metsios and G.D. Kitas
    Juvenile idiopathic arthritis / A. Ravelli, B. Schiappaietra, S. Verazza and A. Martini
    Spondyloarthritides / J. Braun, S.C. Helsinga, H.J. Trappe and M.T. Nurmohamed
    Polymyalgia rheumatica / E. Bartolomi, G. Pucci, A. Alunno, R. Gerli and G. Schillaci
    Systemic lupus erythematosus / K. Tselios and M.B. Urowitz
    Neonatal lupus / C. Miliaresis, C. Phoon, J. Buyon and D. Friedman
    Sjögren's syndrome / S. Fragkioudaki, H.M. Moutspoulos and C.P. Mavragani
    Systemic sclerosis / A. Vacca
    Dermatomyositis and polymyositis / L.P. Diederichsen, H. Sanner, I. Sjaastad, and I. E. Lundberg
    Gout / C. Van Durme and R. Landewé
    Giant cell arteritis / M.J. Koster, E.L. Matteson and K.J. Warrington
    Takayasu's arteritis / H. Zhang, L. Yang and X. Jiang
    Polyarteritis nodosa / L. Guillevin
    Kawasaki disease / C. Reuter, L. Mithal and S. Shulman
    ANCA-associated vasculitis / M.R. Hazebroek, P. Van Paassen, R. Dennert and S. Heymans
    Behçet's disease / A. Soriano, N. Pipitone and C. Salvarani
    Rheumatic fever and rheumatic heart disease / L. Guilherme, R.O. Sampaio, S. Freschi De Barros, K.F. Köhler, G.S. Spina, F. Tarasoutchi and J. Kalil
    Chagas cardiomyopathy / F. Fernandes, C.H. Valente Moreira, J.M. Barbosa-Ferreira and E.C. Sabino
    Familial mediterranean fever / U. Nussinovitch and A. Livneh
    Desirable and adverse effects of antiinflammatory agents on the heart / M. Imazio, S. Maestroni, A. Valenti, V. Ramoni and A. Brucato
    The effects of immunosuppresive and cytoxic drugs on the heart / S.D. Russell
    Autoantibody-directed therapy in cardiovascular diseases / J. Müller, G. Wallukat and I. Schmike
    Cardiac immunomodulation / S. Könemann, M. Dörr and S.B. Felix.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Fabiola Atzeni, Andrea Doria, Michael Nurmohamed, Paolo Pauletto.
    Contents:
    Cellular immunity: a role for cytokines
    Organ-specific autoimmunity involvement in cardiovascular disease
    Neonatal lupus syndromes: pathogenesis and clinical features
    Subclinical cardiovascular damage in systemic rheumatic diseases
    Atherosclerosis and autoimmunity
    Inflammasomes and inflammatory cytokines in early atherosclerosis
    Treatment of lipid metabolism disturbances in autoimmune diseases
    Cardiac imaging techniques in systemic autoimmune diseases
    New cardiac imaging tools and invasive techniques in systemic autoimmune diseases (Part II)
    Cardiac diseases in rheumatoid arthritis
    Cardiac involvement in systemic lupus erythematosus
    Cardiac involvement in the antiphospholipid syndrome
    Cardiac involvement in scleroderma
    Cardiac involvement in systemic vasculitis
    Cardiovascular involvement in ankylosing spondylitis
    Cardiovascular involvement in psoriatic arthritis
    Cardiovascular involvement in primary Sjögren's syndrome
    Gout and heart disease: a two way street?
    Heart involvement in osteoarthritis
    Cardiac effects of antirheumatic drugs
    Index.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    by El-Sayed H. Ibrahim.
    Contents:
    [vol. 1]. Mathematical modeling, pulse sequences, and image analysis
    [vol. 2]. Advanced techniques, clinical applications, and future trends.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    TandFonline
    TandFonline
  • Digital
    edited by Simon Stewart, Karen Sliwa, Ana Mocumbi, Albertino Damasceno, Mpiko Ntsekhe.
    Contents:
    Maternal heart health / Karen Sliwa
    Congenital heart disease / Ana Mocumbi, Tantchou Tchoumi, John Musuku
    Acquired heart disease / Ana Mocumbi, Liesl Zuhlke, Peter Zilla
    Cardiovascular risk in urban & rural African settings / Kemi Tibarzarwa, Karen Sliwa, Melinda J Carrington, Okechukwu S Ogah, and Simon Stewart
    The African INTERHEART STUDY / Krisela Steyn and Karen Sliwa
    The spectrum of heart disease in urban Africans : the heart of Soweto study / Melinda Carrington, Karen Sliwa and Simon Stewart
    Rheumatic heart disease / Simon Stewart, Melinda Carrington & Karen Sliwa
    Pericardial disease / Mpiko Ntsekhe
    Human immunodeficiency virus-related heart disease / Friedrich Thienemann, Melinda Carrington, Karen Sliwa, Mpiko Ntsekhe & Simon Stewart
    Acute coronary syndrome in the African context / Anthony Becker
    Stroke in the African context / Albertino Damasceno
    Acute heart failure / Mahmoud Sani, Dike Oji, Anastase Dzudie, Okechukwu Sam Ogah
    Hypertensive heart failure / Dike Ojji, Mahmoud Sani, Anastase Dzudie, Okechukwu Sam Ogah
    Chronic heart failure / Okechukwu Sam Ogah, Anastase Dzudie, Dike OJJi, Mahmoud Sani
    Pulmonary hypertension & right heart failure / Anastase Dzudie, Friedrich Thienemann, Okechukwu Sam Ogah, Dike Ojji, Mahmoud Sa.
    Digital Access Wiley 2016
  • Digital
    Cesare Terracciano, Samuel Guymer, editors.
    Summary: This textbook introduces readers to the scientific basics of cardiovascular medicine and biology. It covers not only developmental but also cellular and molecular aspects of normally functioning vasculature and the heart; importantly, it also addresses the mechanisms leading to and involved in specific cardiovascular diseases. Though the main emphasis is on novel therapies and potential therapeutic targets, specific controversial topics like cardiac remodeling and regenerative capacities are also addressed. All chapters were written by lecturers from the Imperial College London, in collaboration with their students from the College's BSc Programme in Medical Sciences with Cardiovascular Science. Bridging the gap between clinics and basic biology, the book offers a valuable guide for medical students, and for Master and PhD students in Cardiovascular Biomedicine.

    Contents:
    Anatomy of the Heart and Coronary Vasculature
    Early Mechanisms of Cardiac Development
    Later Mechanisms of Cardiac Development
    Myocardial Microstructure and Contractile Apparatus
    An Introduction to the Cardiac Action Potentials
    Cardiac Excitation-Contraction Coupling
    Conduction in Normal and Diseased Myocardium
    Cell-Based Tachyarrhythmias and Bradyarrhythmias
    The Scientific Rationale of Artificial Pacing
    Cardiac Contractility
    The Scientific Basis of Heart Failure
    Molecular and Cellular Basis of Cardiomyopathies
    Substrate Remodelling Changes in Heart Failure
    Developments in Heart Failure: Mechanical Unloading with LVADs, Exosomes, and MicroRNAs
    Pharmacological Targets of Hypertension
    The Coagulation Cascade and its Therapeutic Modulation
    Cellular and Molecular Mechanisms of Atherosclerosis
    Molecular and Cellular Mechanisms of Angiogenesis
    Endothelial Function in Normal and Diseased Vessels.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    J. Anthony Gomes.
    Summary: This engaging book covers a multitude of topics related to heart rhythm disorders (HRDs) and uniquely familiarizes readers with the development of treatment modalities over the past several decades, including the evolution of anti-arrhythmic drugs, pacemakers, defibrillators, and catheter ablation. Organized in ten sections, this title serves as both an archival and a contemporary resource for clinicians. The first section describes the discovery of the circulatory system by William Harvey in 1628 and outlines the development and understanding of HRD since the advent of intra-cardiac electrophysiology. Subsequent sections discuss the historical evolution of abnormal heart rhythms, such as supra and ventricular rhythms and sudden cardiac death, their treatment with drugs, surgery, pacemakers, implantable defibrillators and catheter ablation. Section nine offers a fascinating narration of the clinical evolution of overcoming heart attacks and its impact on HRDs. The final section explores potential new frontiers in HRD and the factors that may contribute to the prospective rise of cardiovascular diseases. A ground-breaking and invaluable addition to the clinical literature, Heart Rhythm Disorders: History, Mechanisms and Management Perspectives details the pervasive nature of cardiovascular diseases in human history, their ramifications, and their projected effects on at-risk demographic populations and human health in general.

    Contents:
    The Discovery of the Circulatory System
    The Road to Unearthing the Conducting System of the Heart
    Understanding Heart Rhythm Disorders: The Birth of Clinical Cardiac Electrophysiology
    Regular Supraventricular Tachycardia
    The WPW Syndrome
    The Road to Conquering Supraventricular Tachycardia
    Atrial Fibrillation
    Atrial Flutter
    The Ventricular Premature Complex
    Sudden Cardiac Death
    Conquering the Substrate of Ventricular Tachycardia
    Anti-Arrhythmic Drugs: Their Fall from Grace
    Programmed Electrical Stimulation Guided Pharmacotherapy
    The Implantable Defibrillator
    Ablative Therapy for Ventricular Tachycardia
    Sudden Death in the Athlete
    The Channelopathies
    Non-Invasive Risk-Stratification for Ventricular Arrhythmias
    Hypothermia Post-Cardiac Arrest
    The Common faint
    The Sick Sinus Syndrome
    Heart Blocks
    The Artificial Pacemaker
    The Evolution of Resynchronization Therapy
    New Frontiers in Heart Rhythm Disorders
    Waiting for a Heart Transplant
    The Evolution of Coronary Bypass Surgery
    The Discovery of Clot Dissolution
    The Birth of Interventional Cardiology.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Thierry Mesana, editor.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive framework for developing heart teams to manage a variety of cardiovascular diseases. Management of cardiovascular diseases has changed dramatically in recent years due to developments in evidence-based practices and treatments as well as the introduction of new devices. The sequential method of referring patients from doctor to doctor is becoming an antiquated model. The future of cardiac care lies in developing multidisciplinary "Heart Teams" to provide patient-focused treatment for complex cardiovascular problems. This volume examines the history and evolution of cardiovascular care and technology and explains why the implementation of heart teams is absolutely necessary to the future of cardiac care. It analyzes the role of heart teams for heart failure, complex coronary revascularization, mitral valve disease, cardiac imaging, aortic valve disease, cardiac arrhythmias, and women's heart health. Finally, the book explores how heart teams work with hospital administration and the broader healthcare industry. Heart Teams for Treatment of Cardiovascular Disease: A Guide for Advancing Patient-Centered Cardiac Care is an essential resource for physicians and related professionals, residents, fellows, and graduate students in cardiology, cardiac surgery, critical care medicine, and radiology.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Introduction
    Chapter 2. History of Cardiovascular Care and Heart Teams
    Chapter 3. Heart Teams for Aortic Valve Disease
    Chapter 4. Heart Teams for Mitral Valve Disease
    Chapter 5. Heart Teams for Tricuspid Valve Disease
    Chapter 6. Heart Teams for Heart Failure and Drug Implementation
    Chapter 7. Heart Teams for Heart Transplantation
    Chapter 8. Heart Teams for Artificial Heart Technology
    Chapter 9. Heart Teams for Women's Heart Health
    Chapter 10. Heart Teams for Coronary Artery Disease
    Chapter 11. Heart Teams for Cardiac Arrhythmias
    Chapter 12. Heart Teams for Cardiac Imaging
    Chapter 13. Heart Teams and the ICU
    Chapter 14. Heart Teams and Hospital Administration
    Chapter 15. Heart Teams and the Healthcare Industry
    Chapter 16. Heart Teams and Impact on Research and Innovation.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Hashim Talib Hashim, Naseer Ahmed, Giuseppe Faggian, Martí Manyalich, Francesco Onorati, editors.
    Summary: This is a comprehensive translational reference covering a range of topics within heart transplantation. Including review of the procedure itself, preoperative requirements, potential complications and follow-up with the most up-to-date research and literature review, it introduces the embryology, anatomy, physiology, pathology and cardio-immunology of the heart. It also delves into other aspects of heart transplantation including organ procurement, religious aspects, the ethical issues that can emerge prior or during the surgery and discussion of the continued development of artificial hearts. The book explores multiorgan transplantation and their outcomes and complications. Heart Transplantation discusses the topic using illustrations and charts to aid understanding, allowing readers to gain a full understanding of the whole procedure easily. A list of practical surgical questions are presented at the end of each chapter to encourage the reader to challenge their understanding of the topic. With an emphasis on an interconnected approach to studying heart transplantation, this book presents a novel approach to educating surgeons in this challenging area of surgery. It is therefore an important addition to the literature for all involved in the management of heart transplantation from surgical residents to surgical nurses, cardiologists, anesthesiologists and experienced cardiac surgeons.

    Contents:
    Anatomy of the heart
    Physiology of the heart
    Embryology of the heart
    Pathology of the heart diseases
    Heart Transplantation Procedure
    Complications and Follow up
    Chapter VII: Cardioimmunology and heart transplantation
    Organ Procurement
    Ethical issues of heart transplantation
    Religious aspects of heart transplantation
    Multiorgan Transplantation including heart
    Artificial heart
    Heart Failure outcomes
    General Principles in heart transplantation
    Outcomes and Impact on quality of life.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Jose Zamorano, Patrizio Lancellotti, Luc Pierard, Philippe Pibarot, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a state-of-the-art description of the pathophysiology, diagnosis and management of valvular heart disease (VHD). With an aging population, the incidence and complexity of VHD has markedly increased and the introduction of transcatheter valve therapies have revolutionized the management of these frequent and serious cardiovascular diseases. The development of percutaneous valve interventions has revolutionized the management of VHD (or has dramatically changed its management) Heart Valve Disease: State of the Art is dedicated to provide up-to-date knowledge to clinical and interventional cardiologists, cardiovascular imagers and cardiac surgeons. It provides state-of-the-art information for the health-care professional working in heart valve clinics, heart teams, and centers of excellence that specialize in managing patients with heart valve disease.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Acknowledgements; Contents;
    1: Introduction to Valve Heart Disease; Etiology of Valve Heart Disease; Rheumatic Fever; Calcific Valve Disease; Endomyocardial Fibrosis; Infectious Endocarditis; Valve Fibrous Structure Dilation; Chronic Systemic Inflammatory Disorders; Congenital Diseases; Drugs; Heart Valve Clinic; Models of Heart Valve Clinic; Available Evidence Regarding HVC; References;
    2: Evaluation of Patients with Heart Valve Disease; Echocardiographic Evaluation of Valvular Heart Disease; Assessment of Valve Anatomy; Evaluation of Stenosis Severity Evaluation of Valvular RegurgitationEvaluation of Left Ventricular Geometry and Function; Right Heart Structure and Function; Aortic Anatomy; Prosthetic Valves and Infective Endocarditis; Other Echocardiographic Data; LV Diastolic Function and Filling Pressure; Pulmonary Pressures; References;
    3: Aortic Stenosis; Introduction; Etiology and Epidemiology; Pathophysiology and Risk Factors; Pathophysiology of Calcific AS; Risk Factors and Potential Therapeutic Targets; Clinical Risk Factors; Genetic Risk Factors; Pathophysiology of LV Dysfunction and Symptoms in AS; Diagnosis and Management Grading AS SeverityAt Risk for AS (Grade 0 or Stage A); Mild or Moderate AS (Grades 1 and 2 or Stage B); Asymptomatic Severe AS (Grade 3 or Stage C); Symptomatic Severe AS (Grade 4 or Stage D); Discordant Grading with Low-Gradient AS; Staging Cardiac Damage; Selecting Surgical Versus Transcatheter Aortic Valve Replacement; Conclusions; References;
    4: Aortic Regurgitation; Acute Aortic Regurgitation; Aetiology; Pathophysiology; Clinical presentation; Diagnosis; Management; Chronic Aortic Regurgitation; Aetiology; Pathophysiology; Clinical Presentation; Symptoms; Physical Examination; ECG Chest RadiographyDiagnosis; Transthoracic Echocardiography; TEE Examination; Other Imaging Modalities; Others; Natural History; Management; Follow-Up; References;
    5: Aortic Valve Intraoperative Echocardiography; Transcatheter Aortic Valve Replacement (TAVR); Guiding the Procedure; Transapical Aortic Valve Replacement; Aortic Valve Repair; Reparability Assessment; Intraoperative TEE; Endocarditis; Paravalvular Leak Closure; Guiding the Procedure; References;
    6: Mitral Stenosis; Aetiology; Physiopathology; Diagnosis; Symptoms; Physical Examination; Echocardiography; Positive Diagnosis MS Morphology Assessment by EchocardiographyQuantification of Severity; The Doppler Volumetric Method; The Proximal Isovelocity Surface Area (PISA) Method; Consequencies of MS; Exercise Testing/Stress Echocardiography; Catheterization; Medical Treatment; Percutaneous Mitral Commissurotomy (PMC); Surgical Procedures; Follow Up; References;
    7: Mitral Regurgitation; Pathogenesis; Epidemiology; Aetiology; Primary Mitral Regurgitation; Secondary Mitral Regurgitation; Physiopathology; Clinical Presentation; Physical Examination; Diagnosis; Defining the Mechanism of Mitral Valve Insufficiency
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    American Heart Association.
    Summary: A workbook for students taking the American Heart Association's Heartsaver First Aid CPR AED course. Covers first aid basics, CPR for adults and how to use an AED.

    Contents:
    First aid basics
    Medical emergencies
    Injury emergencies
    Environmental emergencies
    CPR and AED
    Conclusion
    Summary of CPR and AED for adults, children, and infants.
    Digital Access AHA 2021
  • Digital
    Alexzander A.A. Asea, Punit Kaur, editors.
    Summary: The book Heat Shock Protein 60 in Human Diseases and Disorders provides the most comprehensive review on contemporary knowledge on the role of HSP60 in human diseases and disorders. Using an integrative approach, the contributors provide a synopsis of novel mechanisms and signal transduction pathways. To enhance the ease of reading and comprehension the book has further been subdivided into various section including; Section I: Biomolecular Aspects of HSP60; Section II: HSP60 and Cancer; Section III: HSP60 and Inflammatory Diseases and Disorders; Section IV: HSP60 and Cardiovascular Diseases and Disorders; Section V: HSP60 and Neurological and Neurosciences; Section VI: Biomolecular Aspects of HSP60; Section VII: HSP60 and Skeletal Muscle Diseases and Disorders; and Section VIII: HSP60 in Human Health. Key basic and clinical research laboratories from major universities, academic medical hospitals, biotechnology and pharmaceutical laboratories around the world have contributed chapters that review present research activity and importantly project the field into the future. The book is a must read for graduate students. medical students, basic science researchers and postdoctoral scholars in the fields of Translational Medicine, Clinical Research, Human Physiology, Biotechnology, Neurology & Neuroscience, Oncology, Cardiovascular Disease, Skeletal Muscle Diseases and Disorders, Cell & Molecular Medicine, Pharmaceutical Scientists and Researchers involved in Drug Discovery.

    Contents:
    SECTION I: BIOMOLECULAR ASPECTS OF HSP60
    Chapter 1. HSP60: A Story as Long as Life on the Earth
    Chapter 2. Single-Ring Intermediates in the Catalytic Cycle of the Human Mitochondrial HSP60
    Chapter 3. HSP60 Inhibitors and Modulators
    Chapter 4. HSP60 as Modulators of Apoptosis
    Chapter 5. Utilizing The Unique Architecture And Abilities of HSP60 In Drug Development
    Chapter 6. Role of The Post-Translational Modifications of HSP60 In Disease
    SECTION II: HSP60 AND CANCER
    Chapter 7. Evaluation of Heat Shock Protein 60 (HSP60) Chaperonin in Oncology
    Chapter 8. Exosomal HSP60: a Tumor Biomarker?
    Chapter 9. HSP60 in Cancer Immunity: Biological Basis, Diagnostic Potential and Therapeutic Opportunities
    Chapter 10. Hsp60 Involvement During Carcinogenesis
    SECTION III: HSP60 AND INFLAMMATORY DISEASES AND DISORDERS
    Chapter 11. Anti-Human Hsp60 Autoantibodies in Autoimmune and Inflammatory Rheumatic Diseases
    Chapter 12. HSP60 In Inflammatory Disorders
    SECTION IV: HSP60 AND CARDIOVASCULAR DISEASES AND DISORDERS
    Chapter 13. HSP60 In Atherosclerosis
    Past, Present and Future
    Chapter 14. Cardiac Myopathy In Conditional HSP60 Transgenic Mice
    SECTION V: HSP60 AND NEUROLOGICAL AND NEUROSCIENCES
    Chapter 15. Heat Shock Protein 60: An Effective Target Candidate In Neurological Diseases Treatment
    Chapter 16. HSP60 In Modifications of Nervous System Homeostasis and Neurodegeneration
    SECTION VI: HSP60 AND SKELETAL MUSCLE DISEASES AND DISORDERS
    Chapter 17. HSP60 in Skeletal Muscle: From Molecular Anatomy To Pathophysiology
    Chapter 18. Heat Shock Protein 60 (HSP60): Its Role in Skeletal Muscle Diseases and Novel Prospects for Therapy
    Chapter 19. Heat Shock Protein 60 Regulation of Skeletal Tissue Integrity
    SECTION VII: HSP60 IN HUMAN HEALTH
    Chapter 20. Role of HSP60 In The Steroidogenesis and Reproduction
    Chapter 21. Heat Shock Protein 60 in Skin Diseases.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Alexzander A.A. Asea, Punit Kaur, editors.
    Summary: The book Heat Shock Protein 90 in Human Diseases and Disorders provides the most comprehensive review on contemporary knowledge on the role of HSP90. Using an integrative approach, the contributors provide a synopsis of novel mechanisms, previously unknown signal transduction pathways. To enhance the ease of reading and comprehension, this book has been subdivided into various section including; Section I, reviews current progress on our understanding Oncogenic Aspects of HSP90; Section II, focuses on Bimolecular Aspects of HSP90; Section III, emphasizes and HSP90 in Natural Products Development and Section IV; give the most up to date reviews on Clinical Aspects of HSP90. Key basic and clinical research laboratories from major universities, academic medical hospitals, biotechnology and pharmaceutical laboratories around the world have contributed chapters that review present research activity and importantly project the field into the future. The book is a must read for graduate students. medical students, basic science researchers and postdoctoral scholars in the fields of Translational Medicine, Clinical Research, Human Physiology, Biotechnology, Natural Products, Cell & Molecular Medicine, Pharmaceutical Scientists and Researchers involved in Drug Discovery.

    Contents:
    SECTION I: ONCOGENIC ASPECTS OF HSP90
    Chapter 1. Regulatory Roles of HSP90-rich Extracellular Vesicles
    Chapter 2. HSP90-Based Heterocomplex as Essential Regulator for Cancer Disease
    Chapter 3. Therapeutic Potential of Heat Shock Protein 90 Inhibitors in Colorectal Cancer
    Chapter 4. Hsp90 in the Migration of Primordial Germ Cells: A Model to Study Long-Distance Cell Migration and Perhaps Cancer?
    Chapter 5. Role of Heat Shock Protein 90 in Mammary Tumorigenesis
    Chapter 6. Role of HSP90 Inhibitors in the Treatment of Cancer
    Chapter 7. p53-HSP90 Axis in Human Cancer
    Chapter 8. HSP90 and its Inhibitors for Cancer Therapy: Use of Nano-delivery System to Improve its Clinical Application
    Chapter 9. Hsp90 is a Pivotal Player in Retinal Disease and Cancer
    Chapter 10. Targeting Hsp-90 Related Disease Entities for Therapeutic Development
    Chapter 11. HSP90: A Key Player in Metal-Induced Carcinogenesis?
    Section II: Biomolecular Aspects of HSP90
    Chapter 12. Hsp90 and its Role in Heme-Maturation of Client Proteins: Implications for Human Diseases
    Chapter 13. Moonlighting Functions of Heat Shock Protein 90
    Chapter 14. Hsp90 as a Member of Dicarboxylate Clamp TPR Protein Interaction Network: Implication in Human Diseases and Prospect as a Drug Target
    Chapter 15. 'Complex World' of Hsp90 Co-chaperone R2TP
    Chapter 16. Functions of SGT1, a Co-chaperone
    Chapter 17. Sti1/Hop Plays a Pivotal Role in Hsp90 Regulation beyond Bridging Hsp70
    Section III: HSP90 in Natural Products Development.-Chapter 18. Hsp90: A Target for Susceptibilities and Substitutions in Biotechnological and Medicinal Application
    Chapter 19. Screening Technique for Heat Shock Protein 90 Inhibitors from Natural Products
    Chapter 20. Therapeutic Effects and Related Molecular Mechanisms of Celastrol, a Triterpenoid Natural Compound and Novel HSP90 Inhibitor Extracted from Plants of the Celastraceae Family
    Section IV: Clinical Aspects of HSP90
    Chapter 21. Hsp90 Chaperone in Disease
    Chapter 22. Theranostic Implications of Heat Shock Proteins in Idiopathic Pulmonary Fibrosis
    Chapter 23. Heat Shock Protein 90 and Reproduction in Female Animals: Ovary, Oocyte and Early Embryo
    Chapter 24. Heat Shock Protein 90 in Severe Trauma
    Chapter 25. HSP90
    Is there an Unknown Role in Pain Neurobiology
    Chapter 26. Heat Shock Protein 90 in Kidney Stone Disease
    Chapter 27. HSP90 et al.
    Chaperome and Proteostasis Deregulation in Human Disease.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Asea, Alexzander A. A.; Calderwood, Stuart K.
    Digital Access Springer v. 1-, 2007-
  • Digital
    Alexzander A.A. Asea, Punit Kaur, editors.
    Summary: The book Heat Shock Proteins in Human Diseases provides the most comprehensive review on contemporary knowledge on the role of heat shock proteins (HSP) in various types of human diseases including cancer, cardiovascular disease, microbiology and inflammation. These diseases were specifically chosen due to their dismal prognosis, the survival benefit offered by the current standards do not greatly impact the overall survival statistics with the disease and are associated with toxicity. Using an integrative approach, the contributors provide a synopsis of the most current updates on the state of HSP in human diseases. Key basic and clinical research laboratories from major universities, academic medical hospitals, biotechnology and pharmaceutical laboratories around the world have contributed articles that review present research activity on the role of heat shock proteins in human diseases and importantly project the field into the future. The book is a must read for graduate students. medical students, basic science researchers and postdoctoral scholars in the fields of Cancer Biology, Oncology, Cardiovascular Diseases, Microbiology, Inflammation, Translational Medicine, Clinical Research, Biotechnology, Cell & Molecular Medicine, Pharmaceutical Scientists and Researchers involved in Drug Discovery.

    Contents:
    Inter-Relationship Between the Inflammation and Heat Shock Protein in Cancer Development: A Possible Target for Diagnosis and Cancer Immunotherapy
    Chaperonin Hsp60 and Cancer Therapies
    Combined Thermotherapy and Heat Shock Protein Modulation for Tumor Treatment
    Small Molecule Inhibitors Targeting Heat Shock Response Pathways: Lessons from Clinical and Preclinical Studies in Cancer Therapeutics
    Multifaceted Roles of Heat Shock Factor 1 (HSF1) in Cancer
    Exploring the Role of Heat Shock Proteins in the Development of Gastric Cancer
    Heat Shock Proteins in Atrial Fibrillation
    Threading Microarrays into Novel Applications
    Regulation of Kaposi's Sarcoma-associated Herpesvirus Biology by Host Molecular Chaperones
    Role of Heat Shock Factors in Diseases and Immunity
    Heat Shock Proteins and Pain
    Regulates Cellular Senescence: Role of the DHRS2-MDM2-p53 Pathway
    Huntingtin Yeast Two-Hybrid Protein K (HYPK): An Intrinsically Unstructured Heat Shock Inducible Protein with diverse Cellular and Molecular Functions
    Roles of Heat Shock Proteins on Antigen Presentation
    Heat shock proteins mediate anastasis and plasticity of thermotolerant cells.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Alexzander A.A. Asea, Punit Kaur.
    Summary: The book Heat Shock Proteins in Neuroscience provides the most comprehensive review on contemporary knowledge on the role of HSP in signaling pathways relevant to a number of diseases. Using an integrative approach, the contributors provide a synopsis of novel mechanisms, signal transduction pathways. To enhance the ease of reading and comprehension, this book has been subdivided into various section including; Section I, reviews current progress on our understanding of Neurological Aspects of HSP; Section II, focuses on Aspects of HSP in Neurodegenerative Diseases and Disorders, Section III, emphasizes the importance of HSP in Multiple Sclerosis; Section IV, reviews critical Aspects of HSP in Alzheimer's Disease and Section V, gives a comprehensive update of the Development of HSP-Based Therapies for Neurological Disorders. Key basic and clinical research laboratories from major universities, academic medical hospitals, biotechnology and pharmaceutical laboratories around the world have contributed chapters that review present research activity and importantly project the field into the future. The book is a must read for starters and professionals in the fields of Neurology and Neurosciences, Translational Medicine, Clinical Research, Human Physiology, Biotechnology, Cell & Molecular Medicine, Pharmaceutical Scientists and Researchers involved in Drug Discovery.

    Contents:
    Section I: Neurological Aspects of HSP
    Chapter 1. Hsp60 Friend and Foe of the Nervous System
    Chapter 2. Role of Heat Shock Proteins in Brain Tumors
    Chapter 3. Body Temperature Regulation Determines Immune Reactions and Species Longevity
    Chapter 4. Interaction between Heat Shock Proteins and Components of the Plasminogen Activator System in the Central Nervous System
    Chapter 5. Role of HSP70 in Plasticity and Mem
    Chapter 6. Role of Heat Shock Proteins (HSP) in Neuroprotection for Ischemic Stroke
    Section II: Aspects of HSP in Neurodegenerative Diseases and Disorders
    Chapter 7. Dysregulation of Heat Shock Proteins in Neurodegenerative Diseases: Restorative Roles of Small Molecules and Natural Compounds
    Chapter 8. Molecular Chaperones and Protein Quality Control System in the Canine Model of Brain Aging and Neurodegenerative Diseases
    Chapter 9. Role of Hsp90 Interacting Molecular Chaperones on Tau And Ass Processing in Alzheimer's Disease
    Section III: Aspects of HSP in Multiple Sclerosis
    Chapter 10. Role of Hsp70 in Multiple Sclerosis: An Overview
    Chapter 11. Protective Role of Glial Heat Shock Proteins in Amyotrophic Lateral Sclerosis
    Section IV: Development of HSP-Based Therapies for Neurological Disorders
    Chapter 12. Therapeutic Drugs and Natural Products: The Effect of Suppressing Hsps in Brain Tumors
    Chapter 13. Can HSP Targeted Gene Therapy be a New Hope for Gliomas?
    Chapter 14. Therapeutic Aspects of Heat Shock Proteins in Glioma: Cementing the Crevasses between Bench and Bedside
    Chapter 15. Engineering Chaperones for Alzheimer's Disease: Insights from Drosophila Models
    Chapter 16. Role of HSP in the Treatment of Internal Dıseases.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Alexzander A.A. Asea, Punit Kaur, editors.
    Summary: This edited volume offers an insightful overview of contemporary research on signaling pathways. These signaling processes are the comprehensive mechanisms by which all cellular organisms communicate internally and externally with their microenvironment. The volume is focused on heat shock proteins (HSP), which are uniquely involved in a number of critical signaling pathways. Errors in signaling pathways and in the processing of cellular information are known to be responsible for the majority of diseases including cancer, inflammatory and neurological disorders. The knowledge gained from better understanding these mechanisms can help in elucidating disease processes and will assist in development and design of novel targeted treatment therapies to combat human diseases and disorders. Key basic and clinical research laboratories from major universities, academic medical hospitals, biotechnology and pharmaceutical laboratories around the world have contributed chapters that review present research activity and importantly project the field into the future. The book is a must read for graduate students. medical students, basic science researchers and postdoctoral scholars in the fields of Translational Medicine, Clinical Research, Human Physiology, Biotechnology, Cell & Molecular Medicine, Pharmaceutical Scientists and Researchers involved in Drug Discovery.

    Contents:
    Thiol-based Redox Signaling: Impacts on Molecular Chaperones and Cellular Proteostasis
    Heat Shock Proteins (HSP) in Stress-Related Inflammatory Diseases
    Heat Shock Response and Metabolism in Skeletal Muscle
    Temperature Stress and Redox Homeostasis: The Synergistic Network of Redox and Chaperone System in Response to Stress in Plants
    Dynamics of Heat Shock Proteins in Immunity and Aging
    Heat Shock Proteins, Exercise and Inflammation
    Heat Shock Proteins and Alarmins in Autoimmunity
    HO-1/Hsp32 and Cardiac Stress Signaling
    Targeting Heat Shock Proteins in Multiple Myeloma
    IER5 is a p53-Reguated Activator of HSF1 that Contributes to Promotion of Cancer
    Heat Shock Proteins in Digestive Tract Cancer: Molecular Mechanism and Therapeutic Potential
    The Role of Heat Shock Protein 90 in Regulating Downstream Signal Transduction Cascades
    Extracellular Hsp90a versus Intracellular Hsp90b in Wound Healing and Cancer
    Regulation of Calcineurin Signaling through Blocking of the Chaperone Function of Hsp90 by HDAC Inhibitors
    Signaling Functions of Extracellular Hsp90 (eHsp90) in Cancer Metastasis
    The Role of the Molecular Chaperones Hsp70 and Hsp90 in the DNA Damage Response
    Heat Shock Protein 90 Inhibitors in Lung Cancer Therapy
    Hsp90 Inhibitors Blocking Multiple Oncogenic Signaling Pathways for the Treatment of Cancer
    Diverse Roles of Heat Shock Proteins in Immune Activation and Tolerance: A Comprehensive Review of Mechanisms and Therapeutic Relevance
    The Role of Heat Shock Proteins on Neuromuscular Disorders/Neuronal Differentiation
    Heat Shock Proteins in Neural Signaling: Implications in Health and Disease
    Cytosolic Heat Shock Protein 90 in Plant Hormone and Environmental Stress Response.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Robert J. Binder, Pramod K. Srivastava, editors.
    Summary: Experts from around the world review the current field of the immunobiology of heat shock proteins, and provide a comprehensive account of how these molecules are spearheading efforts in the understanding of various pathways of the immune system. This one-stop resource contains numerous images to both help illustrate the research on heat shock proteins, and better clarify the field for the non-expert. Heat shock proteins (HSPs) were discovered in 1962 and were quickly recognized for their role in protecting cells from stress. Twenty years later, the immunogenicity of a select few HSPs was described, and for the past 30 years, these findings have been applied to numerous branches of immunology, including tumor immunology and immunosurveillance, immunotherapy, etiology of autoimmunity, immunotherapy of infectious diseases, and expression of innate receptors. While HSPs can be used to manipulate immune responses by exogenous administration, they appear to be involved in initiation of de novo immune responses to cancer and likely in the maintenance of immune homeostasis.

    Contents:
    Intro; Introduction and History; Contents; Part I: Structure of the HSPs in Relation to Chaperoning Peptides and Proteins;
    Chapter 1: Hsp70-Substrate Interactions; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Hsp70 Functional Cycle; 1.3 Structural Basis for Hsp70-Substrate Interactions; 1.4 Mechanism of Action of Hsp70 Chaperones; 1.5 Interactions of Hsp70 Chaperones with Protein Substrates; 1.6 Role of Co-Chaperones; 1.7 Concluding Remarks; References;
    Chapter 2: Molecular Chaperone Inhibitors; 2.1 The Hsp70 and Hsp90 Chaperone Cycle; 2.2 Hsp90 Inhibitors and Their Binding Sites; 2.2.1 Hsp90 N-Terminal Inhibitors. 2.2.2 Benzoquinone Ansamycin Inhibitors2.2.3 Radicicol and Analogous Inhibitors; 2.2.4 Additional Hsp90 Second-Generation Inhibitors; 2.2.5 Consequences of Different N-Terminal Inhibitors for Hsp90 Specificity and Conformation; 2.2.6 Hsp90 C-Terminal Inhibitors; 2.3 Grp94; 2.3.1 Allosteric Inhibitors of Grp94; 2.4 Hsp90 Co-Chaperone Inhibitors; 2.5 Hsp70/Hsc70; 2.6 Hsp70/Hsc70 Inhibitors and Their Binding Sites; 2.6.1 ATP-Competitive Inhibitors of Hsp70/Hsc70; 2.6.2 Allosteric Inhibitors of Hsp70/Hsc70; 2.6.3 Peptide Mimetics Targeting Hsp70/Hsc70; 2.7 Hsp40; 2.8 Small Hsps-Hsp27. 2.8.1 Antisense Oligonucleotides Targeting Hsp272.9 Small Hsps: Clusterin; 2.9.1 Antisense Oligonucleotides Targeting Clusterin; References; Part II: Exposure of HSPs to Immune Cells;
    Chapter 3: Extracellular Heat Shock Proteins as Stress Communication Signals; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Types of Cellular Communication; 3.3 Extracellular HSP as Communication Signals; 3.4 Extracellular HSP in Pathological Conditions; 3.5 Mechanisms of HSP Export; 3.6 The Stress Observation System; 3.7 Conclusions; References; Part III: Regulation of Immune Responses by Extracellular HSPs. 5.2 The Visionary Work of Dr. Eckhard Podack and Development of the State-of-the-Art Secreted gp96-Ig Vaccine Approach5.2.1 Construction of gp96-Ig; 5.2.2 Principles of Secreted gp96-Ig Vaccine Approach; 5.3 The State of the Knowledge of Antitumor Vaccination with gp96-Ig; 5.3.1 Allogeneic gp96 Vaccine; 5.3.2 Combined Therapeutic Approach; 5.4 The State of Knowledge of Anti-Infectious Vaccination with gp96-Ig; 5.4.1 Secreted SIV/HIV gp96-Ig Vaccine; 5.4.1.1 Gp96SIVIg as a Novel Adjuvant for Antibody Production.
    Chapter 4: The Heat Shock Protein-CD91 Pathway and Tumor Immunosurveillance4.1 Heat Shock Proteins as Chaperones of Macromolecules; 4.2 Immune Responses Elicited by Extracellular HSPs; 4.3 Extracellular HSPs as the Molecular Signature for Immunological Responsiveness; 4.4 The Role of Extracellular HSPs in Tumor Immunosurveillance; 4.5 Conclusion; References;
    Chapter 5: Bridging the Gaps in the Vaccine Development: Avant-Garde Vaccine Approach with Secreted Heat Shock Protein gp96-Ig; 5.1 Introduction.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Addmore Shonhai, Gregory L. Blatch, editors.
    Contents:
    The Importance of Molecular Chaperones in Survival and Pathogenesis of the Malaria Parasite Plasmodium falciparum / Jude Przyborski
    General Structural and Functional Features of Molecular Chaperones / Adrienne L. Edkins and Aileen Boshoff
    The Role of Hsp70s in the Development and Pathogenicity of Plasmodium Species / Addmore Shonhai
    Role of the Hsp40 Family of Proteins in the Survival and Pathogenesis of the Malaria Parasite / Eva-Rachele Pesce, Alexander G. Maier and Gregory L. Blatch
    Role of Hsp90 in Plasmodium falciparum Malaria / Dea Shahinas and Dylan R. Pillai
    The Role of Parasite Heat Shock Proteins in Protein Trafficking and Host Cell Remodeling / Paul R. Gilson, Sarah C. Charnaud and Brendan S. Crabb
    Role of Heat Shock Proteins in Immune Modulation in Malaria / Evelyn Böttger and Gabriele Multhoff
    Establishment of Plasmodium falciparum Extracellular Compartments in its Host Erythrocyte / Alassane Mbengue, Laurence Berry and Catherine Braun-Breton
    Chaperones and Proteases of Plasmodium falciparum / Kaiyin Liu and Walid A. Houry
    Heat Shock Proteins as Targets for Novel Anti-Malarial Drugs / Manish Grover, Shweta Chaubey and Utpal Tatu
    Heat Shock Proteins of Malaria: What Do We Not Know, and What Should the Future Focus Be? / Addmore Shonhai and Gregory L. Blatch.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Addmore Shonhai, Didier Picard, Gregory L. Blatch, editors.
    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Introductory Chapter: The Importance of Heat Shock Proteins in Survival and Pathogenesis of the Malaria Parasite Plasmodium falciparum
    Chapter 2. General Structural and Functional Features of Molecular Chaperones
    Chapter 3. The Role of Hsp70s in the Development and Pathogenicity of Plasmodium falciparum
    Chapter 4. Role of the J Domain Protein Family in the Survival and Pathogenesis of Plasmodium falciparum. Chapter 5. Role of Hsp90 in Plasmodium falciparum Malaria
    Chapter 6. The Role of Malaria Parasite Heat Shock Proteins in Protein Trafficking and Remodelling of Red Blood Cells
    Chapter 7. Role of Heat Shock Proteins in Immune Modulation in Malaria
    Chapter 8. Bioprospecting for Novel Heat Shock Protein Modulators: The New Frontier for Antimalarial Drug Discovery?
    Chapter 9. Heat Shock Proteins as Targets for Novel Antimalarial Drug Discovery
    Chapter 10
    Heat Shock Proteins of Malaria: Highlights and Future Prospects.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Julien D. Périard, Sébastien Racinais, editors.
    Summary: The book is designed to provide a flowing description of the physiology of heat stress, the illnesses associated with heat exposure, recommendations on optimising health and performance, and an examination of Olympic sports played in potentially hot environmental conditions. In the first section the book examines how heat stress effects performance by outlining the basics of thermoregulation and how these responses impact on cardiovascular, central nervous system, and skeletal muscle function. It also outlines the pathophysiology and treatment of exertional heat illness, as well as the role of hydration status during exercise in the heat. Thereafter, countermeasures (e.g. cooling and heat acclimation) are covered and an explanation as to how they may aid in decreasing the incidence of heat illness and minimise the impairment in performance is provided. A novel and particular feature of the book is its inclusion of sport-specific chapters in which the influence of heat stress on performance and health is described, as well as strategies and policies adopted by the governing bodies in trying to offset the deleterious role of thermal strain. Given the breadth and scope of the sections, the book will be a reference guide for clinicians, practitioners, coaches, athletes, researchers, and students.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital/Print
    Kiese Laymon.
    Summary: "Laymon writes eloquently and honestly about the physical manifestations of violence, grief, trauma, and abuse on his own body. He writes of his own eating disorder and gambling addiction as well as similar issues that run throughout his family. Through self-exploration, storytelling, and honest conversation with family and friends, Heavy seeks to bring what has been hidden into the light and to reckon with all of its myriad sources, from the most intimate--a mother-child relationship--to the most universal--a society that has undervalued and abused black bodies for centuries"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Boy man. Train ; Nan ; Wet ; Be
    Black abundance. Meager ; Contraction ; Hulk ; Gumption
    Home worked. Fantastic ; Disaster ; Already ; Soon
    Addict Americans. Greens ; Terrors ; Seat belts ; Promises.
    Digital Access EBSCO 2018
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    E185.97.L394 A3 2018
    1
  • Digital
    edited by Natalia A. Riobo.
    Contents:
    Luciferase reporter assays to study transcriptional activity of hedgehog signaling in normal and cancer cells / Silvia Pandolfi and Barbara Stecca
    Measuring expression levels of endogenous gli genes by immunoblotting and real-time PCR / Pawel Niewiadomski and Rajat Rohatgi
    Quantitative immunoblotting of endogenous hedgehog pathway components / Shohreh F. Farzan and David J. Robbins
    Measuring Gli2 phosphorylation by selected reaction monitoring mass spectrometry / Robert Ahrends, Pawel Niewiadomski, Mary N. Teruel, and Rajat Rohatgi
    Rapid screening of Gli2/3 mutants using the Flp-In system / Pawel Niewiadomski and Rajat Rohatgi
    Insights into gli factors ubiquitylation methods / Paola Infante, Romina Alfonsi, and Lucia Di Marcotullio
    Determination of acetylation of the gli transcription factors / Sonia Coni, Laura Di Magno, and Gianluca Canettieri
    Efficient detection of indian hedgehog during endochondral ossification by whole-mount immunofluorescence / João Francisco Botelho, Daniel Smith-Paredes, and Veronica Palma A.
    Methods for detection of Ptc1-driven LacZ expression in adult mouse skin / Donna M. Brennan-Crispi, My G. Mahoney, and Natalia A. Riobo
    Determination and analysis of cellular metabolic changes by noncanonical hedgehog signaling / Raffaele Teperino and John Andrew Pospisilik.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Print
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    v. 47, 57/58, 106, 154, 210, [1969, 1972, 1976, 1985]
    (v. 106 and 210 have call numbers; see individual records for locations)
    3
  • Digital
    Nayoung Kim, editor.
    Contents:
    Part 1. Epidemiology-Prevalence and Transmission routes of H. pylori
    Part 2. Pathophysiology
    1) Colonization of H. pylori in the stomach
    2) Brief description of Pathophysiology
    3) Immune mechanism
    4) Change of acid secretion, ghrelin and leptin by H. pylori
    5) H. pylori virulence factors
    A: toxin (CagA, VacA, DupA, OipA, IceA)
    B: genetic polymorphism of toxin and disease
    6) Host factors: genetic polymorphism, etc
    Part 3. Diagnosis
    1) Serology
    2) Histology
    3) Culture
    4) UBT
    5) Stool antigen
    6) Specific conditions
    A: Children
    B: Bleeding
    Part 4. Symptom
    1)Symptom of acute and chronic H. pylori infection
    Part 5. Disease
    1) Atrophic gastritis and Intestinal metaplasia
    2) Functional dyspepsia
    3) Peptic ulcer
    4) MALToma
    5) Gastric cancer
    A: Synopsis and Epidemiology of gastric cancer
    B1: Pathogenesis: i.Genetic alternation (mutations in tumor-related genes) induced by Activation-induced cytidine deaminase (AID)
    B2: Pathogenesis: ii. Epigenetic mechanisms: aberrant DNA methylation, microRNA
    B3: Pathogenesis:iii. Macrophage inhibitory factor (MIF)
    B4: Pathogenesis: iv. Epidermal mesenchyme transition (EMT)
    B5: Pathogenesis: v. ABO blood type
    B6: Pathogenesis: vi. First relatives of gastric cancer
    C: H. pylori-negative gastric cancer
    6) Gastroesophageal reflux disease (GERD)
    7) NSAID-induced gastropathy and H. pylori infection
    8) Extraintestinal manifestations of H. pylori infection
    A: Iron deficiency anemia
    B: Idiopathic thrombocytopenic purpura
    C: Heart disease
    D: Atopy and allergy
    Part 6. Antibiotic resistance
    1) Synopsis of antibiotic resistance
    2) Clarithromycin
    3) Amoxicillin
    4) Quinolone
    5) Metronidazole
    Part 7. Treatment
    1) Synopsis of antibiotic treatment
    2) Triple therapy
    3) Quadruple therapy
    4) Sequential therapy
    5) Concomitant therapy
    6) Tailored therapy based on antibiotic resistance
    7) Levofloxacin or rifabutin based triple therapy
    8) Probiotics
    9) Treatment guidelines
    10) Screening method of early gastric cancer
    11) Recrudescence and reinfection
    Part 8. Consequences of H. pylori eradication
    1) Peptic ulcer disease
    2) atrophic gastritis and Intestinal metaplasia
    3) Gastric cancer
    Part 9. The effect of H. pylori on the other microbiota of stomach
    The effect of H. pylori on the other microbiota of stomach
    Part 10. Animal model- H. pylori, H. felis.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Shigeru Kamiya, Steffen Backert, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Susan Young and Jade Smith.
    Contents:
    The Young-Smirth programme
    Introduction to Buss and his family
    Attention
    Hyperactivity
    Impulsivity
    Anxiety
    Frustration and anger
    Social skills and relationships
    Setting goals and planning ahead
    Problem solving
    Mood and self-esteem.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Fadi Haddad, M.D., Ruth S. Gerson, M.D.
    Summary: Helping Kids in Crisis: Managing Psychiatric Emergencies in Children and Adolescents is a practical, easy-to-use guide for clinicians working with child and adolescent psychiatric emergencies across a range of settings -- from emergency rooms to schools to community pediatric or mental health clinics.

    Contents:
    Introduction / Susan B. Torrey, M.D.
    1. Kids in Crisis / Fadi Haddad, M.D.
    2. Aggression / Ruth Gerson, M.D., and Fadi Haddad, M.D.
    3. Suicide and Self-Injurious Behaviors / Gabrielle S. Carson, Ph. D.
    4. Tantrums and Behavioral Outbursts / M. Cevdet Tosyali, M.D.
    5. The "Odd" Child / Rachel Mandel, M.D.
    6. Child Abuse and Trauma / Ruth Gerson, M.D.
    7. Risky Behaviors / Charles J. Glawe, M.D.
    8. Clinical and Forensic Psychological Issues With At-Risk Youths and Juvenile Delinquents / Alessandra D.E. Herbosch, Psy. D.
    9. Substance Use: HELPING TEENAGERS AND FAMILIES WORK THROUGH A SUBSTANCE USE CRISIS / J. Rebecca Weis, M.D., and Stephen Ross, M.D.
    10. Finding Help: HELPING FAMILIES FIND EFFECTIVE TREATMENT FOR CHILDREN WITH PSYCHIATRIC ILLNESS / Jasmine Marrero, LCSW, Melissa Negron, LCSW, and Maggie Bielsky, LMSW
    11. Models of Emergency Psychiatric Care for Children and Adolescents: MOVING FROM TRIAGE TO MEANINGFUL ENGAGEMENT IN MENTAL HEALTH TREATMENT / Jennifer F. Havens, M.D., and Mollie C. Marr, B.F.A.
    Index.
    Digital Access PsychiatryOnline 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Mina K. Dulcan, M.D., Rachel R. Ballard, M.D.
    Contents:
    Contributors
    Introduction for Clinicians to the Fourth Edition
    Selected Additional Reading for Health and Mental Health Professionals
    Published Resources for Parents and Teachers
    Information on the Internet
    Copyright, Citation, and Disclaimer
    Appendix 1: Medicines With FDA Indication for Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD)
    Appendix 2: Medicines Typically Used for Anxiety and Depression
    Appendix 3: Medicines Typically Used for Psychosis
    Appendix 4: Medicines Typically Used for Mood Stabilization or Reducing Aggression Drugs by Generic and Brand Names: Alprazolam (Xanax)
    Amitriptyline
    Amphetamine (Dexedrine, ProCentra, Zenzedi, Adderall, Vyvanse)
    Aripiprazole (Abilify) --Asenapine (Saphris)
    Atenolol (Tenormin)
    Atomoxetine (Strattera)
    Benzodiazepines Used for Sleep: Estazolam (ProSom), Flurazepam, Temazepam (Restoril), Triazolam (Halcion)
    Benztropine (Cogentin)
    Bupropion (Wellbutrin, Aplenzin, Forfivo)
    Buspirone
    Carbamazepine (Tegretol, Carbatrol, Epitol, Equetro, Tegretol XR)
    Chlorpromazine
    Citalopram (Celexa)
    Clomipramine (Anafranil)
    Clonazepam (Klonopin)
    Clonidine (Catapres, Catapres-TTS, Kapvay)
    Clozapine (Clozaril, FazaClo, Versacloz)
    Cyproheptadine
    Desipramine (Norpramin)
    Desmopressin Acetate (DDAVP, Stimate)
    Diazepam (Valium)
    Diphenhydramine (Benadryl)
    Duloxetine (Cymbalta)
    Escitalopram (Lexapro)
    Fluoxetine (Prozac, Symbyax)
    Fluphenazine
    Fluvoxamine (Luvox CR)
    Gabapentin (Neurontin, Gralise, Gralise Starter)
    Guanfacine (Tenex, Intuniv)
    Haloperidol (Haldol)
    Hydroxyzine (Vistaril)
    Hypnotics-Sleep Medications (Nonbenzodiazepines): Eszopiclone (Lunesta), Zaleplon (Sonata), Zolpidem (Ambien, Ambien CR, Edluar, Intermezzo, Zolpimist)
    Iloperidone (Fanapt)
    Imipramine (Tofranil)
    Lamotrigine (Lamictal, Lamictal XR)
    Levomilnacipran (Fetzima)
    Lithium (Lithobid)
    L-methylfolate (Deplin)
    Lorazepam (Ativan)
    Loxapine (Loxitane, Adasuve)
    Lurasidone (Latuda)
    Melatonin
    Metformin (Glucophage, Glucophage XR, Fortamet, Glumetza, Riomet)
    Methylphenidate (Methylin, Ritalin, Metadate, Concerta, Daytrana, Quillivant, Focalin)
    Mirtazapine (Remeron)
    Modafinil (Provigil), Armodafinil (Nuvigil)
    N-acetylcysteine
    Nortriptyline (Pamelor)
    Olanzapine (Zyprexa, Symbyax)
    Omega-3 Fatty Acids (Epanova, Lovaza)
    Oxcarbazepine (Trileptal, Oxtellar XR)
    Paliperidone (Invega)
    Paroxetine (Paxil, Pexeva, Brisdelle, Paxil CR)
    Perphenazine
    Pimozide (Orap)
    Pindolol
    Prazosin (Minipress)
    Propranolol (Inderal)
    Quetiapine (Seroquel)
    Ramelteon (Rozerem)
    Risperidone (Risperdal)
    Sertraline (Zoloft)
    Thiothixene
    Topiramate (Topamax, Topiragen, Trokendi XR, Qudexy SR)
    Trazodone (Oleptro)
    Trifluoperazine
    Valproic Acid (Depakene, Stavzor), Divalproex (Depakote, Depakote ER, Depakote Sprinkles)
    Venlafaxine (Effexor), Desvenlafaxine (Pristiq, Khedezla)
    Vilazodone (Viibryd)
    Vortioxetine (Brintellix)
    Ziprasidone (Geodon).
    Digital Access PsychiatryOnline 2015
  • Digital
    Raul Mattassi, Dirk A. Loose, Massimo Vaghi, editors ; foreword by J. Leonel Villavicencio.
    Contents:
    I. Introduction and General Overview
    1.Vascular Embryology
    2. Molecular and Genetic Aspects in Infantile Hemangiomas and Vascular Malformations
    3. Introduction and Background Notes
    4. Clotting Problems
    II. Hemangiomas and Vascular Tumors
    5. Hemangiomas in Infancy: Epidemiology
    6. Classification of Infantile Hemangiomas and Other Congenital Vascular Tumors
    7. Clinical Picture
    8. Diagnostics of Infantile Hemangiomas Including Visceral Hemangioma
    9. Principles of Treatment
    10. Propanolol and Betablockers in Medical Treatment of Infantile Hemangiomas
    11. Other Medical Treatments of Infantile Hemangiomas and Other Vascular Tumors
    12. Laser Treatment of Infantile Hemangiomas
    13. Surgical Treatment
    14. Treatment by Embolization
    15. Treatment of Infantile Laparoscopic Rectal Anterior Resection in Head and Neck
    16. Treatment of Visceral Infantile Hemangiomas
    17. Treatment of Genital Infantile Hemangiomas
    18. Management of Syndromes Related to Infantile Hemangiomas
    III. Vascular Malformations
    19. Epidemiology
    20. Histology in Vascular Malformations
    21. Classifications
    22. Principles of Diagnostics
    23. Clinical Aspects in Vascular Malformations
    24. Dermatologic Aspects in Vascular Malformations
    25. Ultrasound Diagnostics
    26. Role of MR and CT in Diagnostics
    27. Nuclear Medicine
    28. Angiography and Phlebography
    29. Principles of Treatment
    30. Surgical Techniques and Tactics in Vascular Malformations
    31. Interventional Treatment in AVM
    32. Principles and Technical Skills in Ethanol Treatment of Vascular Malformations
    33. Sclerosis in Vascular Malformations
    34. Laser Treatment of Vascular Malformations
    35. Possibilities and Limits of Medical Treatment
    36. Approach to Syndromes in Vascular Malformations
    IV. Treatment of Problems According to Specific Localizations
    37. Introduction
    38. Head and Neck Malformations: Surgical Treatment
    39. Head and Neck Malformations: Sclerosis Treatment
    40. Treatment of Upper Airway Involvement
    41. Treatment of Intraorbital Vascular Malformations
    42. Orthopedic Problems,
    43. Treatment of Vascular Malformations of the Hand
    44. Thorax Wall
    45. Visceral Vascular Malformations
    46. Pelvic Malformation
    47. Vascular Malformations of the Limbs: Treatment of Arterio-Venous and Venous Malformations
    48. Lymphatic Vascular Malformations of the Limbs: Treatment of Extratruncular Malformations
    49. Lymphatic Vascular Malformations of the Limbs: Conservative Treatment of Truncular Malformations
    50. Lymphatic Truncular Malformations of the Limbs: Surgical Treatment
    51. Thoracic Duct Dysplasia and Chylous Reflux
    52. Conclusions
    Subject Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Janet S. Lee, Michael P. Donahoe, editors.
    Contents:
    Part I: Overview
    The Lung-Blood Interface
    Leukocyte Kinetics and Migration in the Lungs
    Part II: Acute Pulmonary Manifestations Arising from Primary Hematologic Disorders
    Sickle Cell and Acute Chest Syndrome: Mechanisms and Pathogenesis
    Sickle Cell Disease and Acute Chest Syndrome: Epidemiology, Diagnosis, Management, Outcomes
    Thrombophilias and Acute Pulmonary Thromboembolic Disease
    Bleeding Disorders: Diagnosis and Treatment of Hemorrhagic Complications in the Intensive Care Unit
    Acute Pulmonary Manifestations of Hematologic Malignancies
    Acute Pulmonary Complications of Bone Marrow and Stem Cell Transplantation
    Part III: Transfusion-Related Complications
    Storage Lesion: Evolving Concepts and Controversies
    Transfusion and Acute Respiratory Distress Syndrome: Pathogenesis and Potential Mechanisms
    Transfusion and Acute Respiratory Distress Syndrome: Clinical Epidemiology, Diagnosis, Management, and Outcomes
    Transfusion Associated Circulatory Overload
    Transfusion-Related Immunomodulation (TRIM): From Renal Allograft Survival to Postoperative Mortality in Cardiac Surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Aryeh Shander, Howard L. Corwin, editors.
    Summary: This volume provides a comprehensive overview of hematologic issues that clinicians regularly encounter in the critical care environment. The text features hematologic scenarios that affect the adult ICU patient, outlines pathogenesis and challenges associated with the hematologic disorder, and offers treatment modalities. Hematologic issues covered include anemia, hemostatic abnormalities, and risks of transfusion. The book also details challenges in specific ICU populations, such as patients afflicted with liver disease, brain injury, sepsis, cardiovascular disease, malignancy, and trauma. Written by experts in the field, Hematologic Challenges in the Critically Ill is a valuable resource for clinicians in the critical care environment who treat critically ill patients afflicted with hematologic complications.

    Contents:
    Anemia in the Critically Ill
    Hemostatic Abnormalities in the Critically Ill
    Advances in Hematologic Testing
    Current and Emerging Technologies in Hematologic Testing
    Hematologic Impact of Fluid Replacement
    Advances in Trauma Resuscitation
    Hematologic Issues in Sepsis
    Hematologic Challenges in ICU Patients with Cardiovascular Disease
    Hematologic Challenges in ICU Patients with Liver Disease and Gastrointestinal Hemorrhage
    Hematological Challenges in Intensive Care Unit Patients with Neurological Disease
    Hematologic Challenges in the Critically Ill: Obstetrics
    Hematologic Challenges in ICU Patients with Malignancy
    Hematologic Challenges in ICU Patients on ECMO
    Hematologic Challenges in Intensive Care Unit Patients with Solid Organ Transplants
    Risks of Transfusion
    Clinical Outcomes and Red Blood Cell Storage
    Anticoagulants in the ICU
    Hematologic Challenges in ICU Patients Needing Plasma Exchange
    Intravenous Oxygen Therapeutics: A Revolution in Medicine yet to be Realized?
    Role of Blood Bank, Transfusion Services and Pharmacy in ICU Patients with Hematologic Challenges
    Patient Blood Management in Critically Ill.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Manorama Bhargava.
    Summary: This book is a compendium of case studies in hematologic malignancies such as acute leukemias, myelodysplastic and myeloproliferative neoplasms, chronic leukemias and multiple myeloma covering cytogenetics (karyotyping Fluorescence in sitn hybridization (FISH)) and molecular studies in detail. The first few chapters describe the methodology employed for karyotyping, FISH and Real Time PCR technology conducive to establishment of these labs if required. Each case study is described in detail by including the clinical history of the patient, findings of peripheral blood, bone marrow aspirate and bone biopsy morphological details. This is then followed by flowcytometric immunophenotyping, cytogenetic and molecular observations leading collectively to a final diagnosis, A discussion follows based on the relevance of this data in informing the prognosis, treatment response and survival in these patients. Additionally, this data serves as a key determinant for clinical decision making involving evidence based rational management of patients including targeted therapy. For better understanding, each case study is accompanied by black and white or colour images as appropriate. This book is a source of learning and a valuable read for clinical hematologists, hematopathologists, medical oncologists, residents, interns, DM Hematology students and DNB Hematology students as well.

    Contents:
    Techniques in Cytogenetics
    Techniques in Molecular Haematology
    Part: I - Case Studies in Myeloid Malignancies
    Acute Myeloid Leukemia
    Myelodysplastic Syndrome
    Myelodysplastic Syndromes - Myeloproliferative Neoplasms
    Myeloproliferative Neoplasms
    Chronic Myeloid Leukemia
    Next Generation Sequencing for Diagnostics of Myeloid Malignancies for Routine Clinical Use: Pitfalls and Advantages
    Part: II - Case Studies in Lymphoid Malignancies
    Acute Lymphoblastic Leukemia
    Chronic Lymphocytic Leukemia and Non Hodgkins Lymphoma
    Part: III - Case Studies in Multiple Myeloma
    Multiple Myeloma.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Giorgio Berlot, Gabriele Pozzato, editors.
    Summary: This book covers a wide array of hematologic problems commonly encountered in the daily practice of critical care and emergency medicine. Unfortunately, the symptoms and signs associated with underlying hematologic disorders are frequently rather unspecific and confounding; furthermore, the clinical course of patients admitted to intensive care units with such disorders can be fulminant, warranting prompt diagnosis. This book recognizes the importance of accurate and speedy interpretation of symptoms in that the text is symptom oriented rather than disease oriented. Put another way, the reader confronted with a particular clinical problem or symptom will be guided step by step to the possible underlying disorder(s). The scenarios considered include critical illness in patients with anemia, leukopenia, leukocytosis, abnormal platelet count, and severe transfusion reactions. For each circumstance, factors relevant to symptom interpretation are fully discussed. In addition, helpful diagnostic algorithms are presented in the form of flow charts that will assist in decision making regarding the need for further investigations. The closing chapter is devoted to the drug-induced hematologic disorders. Although the book is intended mainly for intensivists, other specialists will find much information of value for their daily practice.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Anemia
    Anemia in the Critically Ill Patients
    Leukopenia in the Critically Ill Patients
    Leukocytosis in the Critically Ill Patients
    The critically ill patient with abnormal platelet count
    Transfusion adverse reactions in critically ill patients
    Drugs and blood cells.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Eiichi Ishii, editor.
    Contents:
    Part I. Hematopoiesis
    1. Hematopoietic stem cells: the basis of normal and malignant hematopoiesis
    Part II. White blood cell disorders
    2. Acute lymphoblastic leukemia
    3. Acute myeloid leukemia
    4. Myelodysplastic syndrome (MDS) and juvenile myelomonocytic leukemia (JMML)
    5. Neutropenia (in infancy and childhood)
    Part III. Red blood cell disorders
    6. Childhood aplastic anemia
    7. Inherited bone marrow failure syndrome, TAM
    Part IV. Platelet and coagulation disorders
    8. Immune and inherited thrombocytopenia in children
    9. Pathogenesis and treatment of hemophilia
    10. Thrombotic disorders
    Part V. Histiocytic disorders
    11. Langerhans cell histiocytosis
    12. Primary hemophagocytic lymphohistiocytoosis
    13. Hemophagocytic lymphohistiocytosis, secondary.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Print
    Robert M. Schmidt, section editor.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Retired Reference (Downstairs)
    RB37 .C189
    4
  • Digital
    [edited by] Ronald Hoffman, Edward J. Benz, Jr., Leslie E. Silberstein, Helen E. Heslop, Jeffrey I. Weitz, John Anastasi, Mohamed Salama.
    Summary: "Get the expert guidance you need to offer your patients the best possible outcomes with Hematology: Basic Principles and Practice, 7th Edition. This thoroughly up-to-date text contains both unparalleled scientific content and must-know clinical guidance, so you can enhance your problem-solving skills and make optimal use of the newest diagnostic techniques and therapeutic options in this fast-changing field"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Anatomy and physiology of the gene
    Epigenetics and epigenomics
    Genomic approaches to hematology
    Regulation of gene expression, transcription, splicing and RNA metabolism
    Protein synthesis, processing, and trafficking
    Protein architecture: relationship of form and function
    Signaling transduction and metabolomics
    Pharmacogenomics and hematologic diseases
    Hematopoietic stem cell biology
    Stem cell model of hematologic malignancies
    Hematopoietic microenvironment
    Cell adhesion
    Hematopoietic cell trafficking and chemokines
    Interactions between hematopoietic stem and progenitor cells and the bone marrow: current biology of stem cell homing and mobilization
    Vascular growth in health and disease
    Cytokine/receptor families and signal transduction
    Control of cell division
    Cell death
    Overview and compartmentalization of the immune system
    B-cell development
    T-cell immunity
    Natural killer cell immunity
    Dendritic cell biology
    Complement and immunoglobulin biology leading to clinical translation
    Tolerance and autoimmunity
    Biology of erythropoiesis, erythroid differentiation, and maturation
    Granulocytopiesis and monocytopoiesis
    Thrombocytopoiesis
    Inherited forms of bone marrow failure
    Aplastic anemia
    Paroxysmal nocturnal hemoglobinuria
    Acquired disorders of unilineage blood cell production
    Pathobiology of the human erythrocyte and its hemoglobins
    Approach to anemia in the adult and child
    Pathophysiology of iron homeostasis
    Disorders of iron metabolism: iron deficiency and overload
    Anemia of chronic diseases
    Heme biosynthesis and its disorders: porphyrias and sideroblastic anemias
    Megaloblastic anemias
    Thalassemia syndromes
    Pathobiology of sickle cell disease
    Sickle cell disease: clinical features and management
    Hemoglobin variants associated with hemolytic anemia, altered oxygen affinity, and methemoglobinemias
    Red blood cell enzymopathies
    Red blood cell membrane disorders
    Autoimmune hemolytic anemia
    Extrinsic nonimmune hemolytic anemias
    Granulocytosis, granulocytopenia, monocytosis, and monocytopenia
    Lymphocytosis, lymphocytopenia, hypergammaglobulinemia, and hypogammaglobulinemia
    Disorders of phagocyte function
    Congenital disorders of lymphocyte function
    Histiocytic disorders
    Lysosomal storage diseases: perspectives and principles
    Infectious mononucleosis and other Epstein-Barr virus-associated diseases
    Progress in the classification of hematopoietic and lymphoid neoplasms: clinical implications
    The cytogenomic basis of hematological malignancies
    Pharmacology and molecular mechanisms of antineoplastic agents for hematologic malignancies
    Pathobiology of acute myeloid leukemia
    Clinical manifestations and treatment of acute myeloid leukemia
    Myelodysplastic syndromes: biology and treatment
    Allogeneic hematopoietic stem cell transplantation for acute myeloid leukemia and myelodysplastic syndrome in adults
    Acute myeloid leukemia in children
    Myelodysplastic syndrome and myeloproliferative syndrome in children
    Pathobiology of acute lymphoblastic leukemia
    Clinical manifestations and treatment in children of acute lymphoblastic leukemia
    Acute lymphocytic leukemia in adults
    Chronic myeloid leukemia
    The polycythemias
    Essential thrombocythemia
    Primary myelofibrosis
    Eosinophilia, eosinophil-associated diseases, chronic eosinophil leukemia, and the hypereosinophilic syndromes
    Mast cells and systemic mastocytosis
    The pathologic basis for the classification of non-Hodgkin and Hodgkin lymphomas
    Origins of Hodgkin disease
    Hodgkin lymphoma: clinical manifestations, staging, and therapy
    Origins of non-Hodgkin lymphomas
    Chronic lymphocytic leukemia
    Hairy cell leukemia
    Clinical manifestations and treatment of indolent lymphomas: marginal zone lymphomas (extranodal/malt, splenic, and nodal)
    Clinical manifestations, staging, and treatment of follicular lymphoma
    Mantle cell lymphoma
    Diagnosis and treatment of diffuse large b-cell lymphoma (DLBCL) and Burkitt lymphoma (BL)
    Viral-related lymphomas
    Malignant lymphomas in childhood
    T-cell lymphomas
    Multiple myeloma
    Waldenstrom macroglobulinemia/lymphoplasmacytic lymphoma
    Immunoglobuin light-chain amyloidosis (primary amyloidosis)
    Clinical approach to infections in the compromised host
    Psychosocial aspects of hematologic disorders
    Pain management and antiemetic therapy in hematologic disorders
    Palliative care
    Late complications of hematologic diseases and their therapies
    Overview and historical perspective of current cell-based therapies
    Practical aspects of hematologic stem cell harvesting and mobilization
    IND enabling processes for cell-based therapies
    Graft engineering and cell processing
    Principles of cell-based genetic therapies
    Mesenchymal stromal cells
    T cell therapy of hematological diseases
    NK cell-based therapies
    Immune checkpoint blockade in hematologic malignancies
    Overview and choice of donor of hematopoietic stem cell transplantation
    Indications and outcomes of allogeneic hematopoietic cell transplantation for hematologic malignancies in adults
    Unrelated donor hematopoietic cell transplantation
    Haploidentical hematopoietic cell transplantation
    Unrelated donor cord blood transplantation for hematologic malignancies
    Graft-versus-host disease and graft-versus-leukemia responses: biology and therapy
    Complications after hematopoietic cell transplantation
    Human blood group antigens and antibodies
    Principles of red blood cell transfusion
    Clinical considerations in platelet transfusion therapy
    Human leukocyte antigen and human neutrophil antigen systems
    Principles of neutrophil (granulocyte) transfusions
    Transfusion of plasma derivatives: plasma, cryoprecipitate, albumin, and immunoglobulins
    Preparation of plasma-derived and recombinant human plasma proteins
    Transfusion therapy for coagulation factor deficiencies
    Hemapheresis
    Transfusion reactions to blood and cell therapy products
    Transfusion-transmitted diseases
    Pediatric transfusion medicine
    Overview of hemostasis and thrombosis
    The blood vessel wall
    Megakaryocyte and platelet structure
    Molecular basis of platelet function
    Molecular basis of blood coagulation
    Regulatory mechanisms in hemostasis
    Clinical approach to the patient with bleeding or bruising
    Laboratory evaluation of hemostatic and thrombotic disorders
    Acquired disorders of platelet function
    Diseases of platelet number: immune thrombocytopenia, neonatal alloimmune thrombocytopenia, and posttransfusion purpura
    Thrombocytopenia caused by platelet destruction, hypersplenism, or hemodilution
    Heparin-induced thrombocytopenia
    Thrombotic thrombocytopenic purpura and the hemolytic uremic syndromes
    Hemophilia A and B
    Inhibitors in hemophilia A and B
    Rare coagulation factor deficiencies
    Structure, biology, and genetics of von Willebrand factor
    Disseminated intravascular coagulation
    Hypercoagulable states
    The antiphospholipid syndrome
    Venous thromboembolism
    Mechanical interventions in arterial and venous thrombosis
    Atherothrombosis
    Stroke
    Acute coronary syndromes
    Atrial fibrillation
    Peripheral artery disease
    Antithrombotic drugs
    Disorders of coagulation in the neonate
    Hematologic changes of pregnancy
    Hematologic manifestations of childhood illness
    Hematologic manifestations of systemic disease: liver disease
    Hematologic manifestations of systemic disease: renal disease
    Hematologic manifestations of cancer
    Integrated therapies in patients with hematologic diseases
    Hematologic manifestations of aids
    Hematologic manifestations of parasitic diseases
    Hematologic problems in the surgical patient: bleeding and thrombosis
    The spleen and its disorders
    Hematology in aging.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    [edited by] Ronald Hoffman, Edward J. Benz, Jr., Leslie E. Silberstein, Helen E. Heslop, Jeffrey I. Weitz, Mohamed E. Salama, Syed A. Abutalib.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2023
  • Digital
    [edited by] Robin K. Ohls, Akhil Maheshwari.
    Summary: "Dr. Richard Polin's Neonatology Questions and Controversies series highlights the most challenging aspects of neonatal care, offering trustworthy guidance on up-to-date diagnostic and treatment options in the field. In each volume, renowned experts address the clinical problems of greatest concern to today's practitioners, helping you handle difficult practice issues and provide optimal, evidence-based care to every patient"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Stem cell therapy in neonates-the time has (almost) come / Bernard Thebaud
    Genome and exome sequencing : can it impact clinical care in the NICU / Darrell L. Dinwiddie
    Transfusion thresholds in the NICU-what have recent RCTs taught us / Robin K. Ohls
    Donor milk compared with mother's own milk / Tara DuPont
    Will standardized approaches to nutrition decrease NEC / Beatrice Stefanescu
    What is the value of identifying genetic causes of congenital hemolytic jaundice / Robert D. Christensen
    Using the new CBC parameters in NICU practice / Brianna C. MacQueen, Erick Henry, Martha C. Sola-Visner Sterling T. Bennett, and Robert D. Christensen
    How near are we to using darbepoetin or erythropoietin as neuroprotective agents for perinatal hypoxic/ischemic encephalopathy / Mariana Baserga
    Of what value to neonates is measuring end tidal carbon monoxide concentration / Ronald J. Wong
    How do we adopt anemia-preventing strategies in our delivery rooms / Patrick D. Carroll
    Thrombocytopenia in infants with necrotizing enterocolitis / Sachin C. Amin, Benjamin A. Torres, Akhil Maheshwari
    Genetic risk factors for patent ductus arteriosus / Tamas Jilling and Namasivayam Ambalavanan
    Genetic basis of PDA / Caitlin J. Smith, Baiba Steinbrekera, John M. Dagle
    Genetic basis of bronchopulmonary dysplasia / Margaret Gilfillan and Vineet Bhandari
    Prenatal genetic testing / Anthony R. Gregg
    Early diagnosis of severe combined immunodeficiency / Jolan Walter
    Newborn screening / Amarilis Sanchez-Valle.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Print
    by John B. Harley, Sundaram V. Ramanan and Mabel M. Stevenson.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC633 .H285
    1
  • Digital
    Lakshmi V. Srivaths, editor.
    Summary: Adolescent females experience a variety of blood disorders that are often unique to this patient population. As they go through puberty, they are uniquely poised to encounter various bleeding and thrombotic disorders once they attain menarche, start to have menstrual bleeding, and require hormonal therapy. This may in turn lead to other medical conditions, such as anemia and iron deficiency. Pregnancy encountered by some adolescents can pose hematologic challenges specifically in regards to bleeding and thrombotic disorders. In addition, adolescent females are at risk to develop immune mediated hematologic disorders, such as immune thrombocytopenia, auto-immune hemolytic anemia, and thrombotic thrombocytopenic purpura, as well as vitamin deficiencies due to pernicious anemia. Sickle cell disease, thalassemia and bone marrow failure disorders in the adolescent female poses unique challenges that need to be addressed with special care and attention. Knowledge about these various blood disorders in adolescent females is crucial for the treating physician in order to accurately diagnose and optimally manage these teenagers. Otherwise, it can affect their overall health, causing hematologic and gynecologic issues, poor quality of life, neurocognitive impairments, and poor psycho-social development, all of which can lead to various complications immediately and into adulthood. This book provides a comprehensive, state-of-the art overview of blood disorders in female adolescents. The text presents new data about bleeding disorders that affect the female adolescent, including bleeding disorders, thromboembolism, thrombophilia, anemia, sickle cell disease and thalassemia, disorders od hemostasis and thrombosis in pregnancy, immune hematology and bone marrow failure disorders; reviews our current understanding of these disorders; outlines recent research findings; and spotlights multi-disciplinary approaches, evaluation and treatment modalities to combat these blood disorders. Written by experts in the field, Hematology in the Adolescent Female is a valuable resource for clinicians and practitioners who treat and manage female adolescents with blood disorders.

    Contents:
    Evaluation Of the Adolescent with Heavy Menstrual Bleeding
    Screening Tools for Evaluating the Bleeding Adolescent
    Von Willebrand disease
    Hemophilia Carriers
    Rare Coagulation Factor Deficiencies
    Platelet Disorders
    Fibrinolytic Pathway Disorders
    Hypermobility Syndromes in Heavy Menstrual Bleeding
    Heavy Menstrual Bleeding Complications
    Hormonal Therapy for Heavy Menstrual Bleeding
    Hemostatic Therapy for Heavy Menstrual Bleeding
    Quality of Life in Adolescents with Bleeding Disorders
    Prevalence and Risk Factors Of Adolescent Thromboembolism
    Management Of Adolescent Thromboembolism
    Thrombophilia and Hormonal Therapy
    Anticoagulation and Heavy Menstrual Bleeding
    Iron Deficiency Anemia
    Vitamin B12 Deficiency
    Thalassemia Disorders
    Sickle Cell Disease
    Immune Thrombocytopenia Purpura
    Autoimmune Hemolytic Anemia
    Evan's Syndrome
    Antiphospholipid Antibody Syndrome
    Thrombotic Microangiopathies
    Bone Marrow Failure Disorders
    Adolescent Pregnancy and Blood Disorders.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Anika Niambi Al-Shura ; medical illustrator, Samar Sobhy.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
  • Digital
    Moshe C. Ornstein; Sudipto Murkhurjee
    Summary: "Hematology-Oncology Board Review and Cases, a unique case-based content with multiple-choice questions, detailed explanations, and high yield pearls. This resource can also be used by the clinician daily to work through dosing and treatment options in preparation for administering care. All topics are covered on the ABIM's medical oncology board examination."-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access AccessHemOnc 2020
  • Digital
    Julie H. Rowe, Anneliese O. Gonzalez, Sayed H. Jafri, Putao Cen, Zeyad Kanaan, Robert J. Amato, Adan Rios, Hazem El Osta, Virginia Mohlere.
    Summary: The goal of Hematology-Oncology Clinical Questions is to empower clinicians to get their patients to the best solution as efficiently and effectively as possible. Each chapter provides a Key Concept section, which describes the basics of the question. The Clinical Scenario provides a clinical vignette in which these questions can be applied.

    Contents:
    Cancer pharmacology
    Basics of oncology and pathology
    Most common hematology questions
    Screening
    Breast cancer
    Head and neck cancer
    Gastrointestinal cancers
    Genitourinary cancers
    Gynecolological malignancies
    Thoracic cancers
    Rare cancers
    Basics of bone marrow transplantation
    Leukemia
    Lymphoma
    Plasma cell disorders
    Myeloproliferative neoplasms
    Myelodysplastic syndromes
    Guidelines for supportive care
    Oncologic emergencies
    Genetic and familial assessment for hereditary cancer syndromes.
    Digital Access AccessHemOnc 2019
  • Digital/Print
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ClinicalKey
    ScienceDirect
    Print Access
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Periodicals (Downstairs)
    48
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    60
  • Digital
    edited by Michael M. Boyiadzis, Tito Fojo.
    Digital Access AccessHemOnc 2022
  • Digital
    Utkarsh H. Acharya, Tejaswini Dhawale.
    Digital Access Ovid 2022
  • Digital
    [edited by] Elaine S. Jaffe, Daniel A. Arber, Elias Campo, Nancy Lee Harris, Leticia Quintanilla-Martinez.
    Contents:
    Processing of the lymph node biopsy specimen
    Fine needle aspiration of lymph nodes
    Collection, processing, and examination of bone marrow specimens
    Immunohistochemistry for the hematopathology laboratory
    Flow cytometry
    Molecular diagnosis in hematopathology
    Important chromosomal aberrations in hematologic neoplasms and key techniques to diagnose them
    Normal lymphoid organs and tissues
    Reactive lymphadenopathies
    Normal bone marrow
    Evaluation of anemia, leukopenia, and thrombocytopenia
    Bone marrow findings in inflammatory, infectious, and metabolic disorders
    Principles of classification of lymphoid neoplasms
    B-cell chronic lymphocytic leukemia/small lymphocytic lymphoma, monoclonal B-cell lymphocytosis, and B-cell prolymphocytic leukemia
    Lymphoplasmacytic lymphoma and Waldenström macroglobulinemia
    Hairy cell leukemia
    Splenic marginal-zone lymphoma and other small B-cell neoplasms in the spleen
    Follicular lymphoma
    Extranodal marginal zone lymphoma : malt lymphoma
    Primary cutaneous B-cell lymphomas
    Nodal marginal zone lymphoma
    Mantle cell lymphoma
    Diffuse large B-cell lymphoma
    Burkitt's lymphoma and its mimics
    Plasmablastic neoplasms other than plasma cell myeloma
    Plasma cell neoplasms
    Nodular lymphocyte-predominant Hodgkin's lymphoma
    Classical Hodgkin's lymphoma and related lesions
    Virally associated B-cell lymphoproliferative disease
    Virally associated T-cell and NK-cell neoplasms
    T-cell and NK-cell large granular lymphocyte proliferations
    T-cell prolymphocytic leukemia
    Adult T-cell leukemia/lymphoma
    Hepatosplenic T-cell lymphoma
    Peripheral T-cell lymphoma, not otherwise specified
    Angioimmunoblastic T-cell lymphoma
    Anaplastic large cell lymphoma, ALK positive and ALK negative
    Enteropathy-associated T-cell lymphoma and other primary intestinal T-cell lymphomas
    Mycosis fungoides and Sézary syndrome
    Primary cutaneous CD30-positive T-cell lymphoproliferative disorders
    Primary cutaneous T-cell lymphomas : rare subtypes
    Precursor b- and T-cell neoplasms
    Acute leukemias of ambiguous lineage
    Principles of classification of myeloid neoplasms
    Myelodysplastic syndromes
    Acute myeloid leukemia
    Myeloproliferative neoplasms
    Myelodysplastic/myeloproliferative neoplasms
    Mastocytosis
    Eosinophilia and chronic eosinophilic leukemia, including myeloid/lymphoid neoplasms with eosinophilia and rearrangement of PDGFRA, PDGFRB, FGFR1 , OR JAK2
    Blastic plasmacytoid dendritic cell neoplasm
    Non-neoplastic histiocytic proliferations of lymph nodes and bone marrow
    Histiocytic and dendritic cell neoplasms including Langerhans cell histiocytosis and Langerhans cell sarcoma
    The pathology of primary immunodeficiencies
    Iatrogenic immunodeficiency-associated lymphoproliferative disorders
    Bone marrow evaluation for lymphoma
    Evaluation of the bone marrow after therapy
    Non-hematopoietic neoplasms of the bone marrow
    Non-lymphoid lesions of the lymph nodes
    Spleen : normal architecture and neoplastic and non-neoplastic lesions
    Diagnosis of lymphoma in extranodal sites other than skin.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2017
  • Digital
    [edited by] Eric D. Hsi.
    Contents:
    Non-neoplastic disorders. Red blood cell/hemoglobin disorders
    Coagulation
    Non-neoplastic morphologic abnormalities of white blood cells and macrophages
    Reactive lymph nodes and castleman disease
    Bone marrow failure syndromes
    Benign causes of bone marrow abnormalities including infections, storage diseases, systemic disorders, and stromal changes
    Lymphomas
    Small B-cell lymphomas
    Diffuse aggressive B-cell lymphomas
    Peripheral T-cell lymphomas
    Immunodeficiency-related lymphoproliferative disorders
    Hodgkin lymphoma
    Leukemias, chronic myeloproliferative neoplasms, and myelodysplasia
    B-cell leukemias of mature lymphocytes
    Mature T-cell and natural killer cell leukemias
    Acute myeloid leukemia
    Precursor lymphoid neoplasms
    Acute undifferentiated leukemia and mixed-phenotype acute leukemias
    Myeloproliferative and "overlap" myelodysplastic/myeloproliferative neoplasms
    Myelodysplastic syndromes
    Disorders of histiocytes, mast cells, plasma cells, spleen, and ancillary techniques
    Disorders of histiocytes
    Mastocytosis
    Multiple myeloma and other plasma cell neoplasms
    Disorders of the spleen
    Flow cytometric principles in hematopathology
    Molecular diagnosis in hematopathology
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2018
  • Digital
    Renu Saxena, Hara Prasad Pati, editors.
    Summary: This book covers recent advances in the understanding and management of essential hematological pathologies. In addition to updates on Hodgkin's lymphoma, acute myeloid leukemia and other disorders, it provides essential information on transplant pathology, and the molecular and genetic aspects of hematological disorders. Offering a practical approach to lymphoma diagnosis, the book will help hematologists and pathologists alike make accurate diagnoses in keeping with the latest classifications and methodologies. A wealth of photographs and algorithms help readers understand the laboratory approach to the diagnosis of hematological disorders, reflecting the latest advances in the field. The book offers a valuable resource for residents of MD pathology, DM hematopathology and clinical hematology, as well as practitioners of hematology. -- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    [edited by] Franklin O. Smith, Gregory H. Reaman, Judy M. Racadio.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by editor-in-chief, Hillard M. Lazarus ; co-editors, Robert Peter Gale, Armand Keating, Andrea Bacigalupo, Reinhold Munker, Kerry Atkinson ; deputy editor, Syed Ali Abutalib.
    Summary: This authoritative new book provides a comprehensive overview of diagnostic and therapeutic strategies in hematopoietic cell transplantation, explaining key concepts, successes, controversies and challenges. The authors and editors discuss current and future strategies for major challenges, such as graft-versus-host-disease, including new prophylaxis and treatments. They also discuss long-term complications, such as second malignancies and cardiovascular complications. Chapters are written by leading world experts, carefully edited to achieve a uniform and accessible writing style. Each chapter includes evidence-based explanations and state-of-the-art solutions, providing the reader with practice-changing advice. Full reference lists are also supplied to facilitate further exploration of each topic. Each copy of the printed book is packaged with a password, giving readers online access to all text and images. This inspiring resource demystifies both the basics and subtleties of hematopoietic cell transplantation, and is essential reading for both senior clinicians and trainees.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Kevin D. Bunting and Cheng-Kui Qu, Department of Pediatrics, Aflac Cancer and Blood Disorders Center, Emory University School of Medicine, Atlanta, GA, USA.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Kim Schmit-Pokorny, Seth Eisenberg.
    Summary: "Hematopoietic stem cell transplantation (HSCT) has evolved from primary use in hematologic malignancies and nonmalignant disease and solid tumors into a treatment option for many other diseases, and indications for HSCT continue to expand. The new edition of this manual provides comprehensive information on the ever-evolving specialty of HSCT, providing nurses and other practitioners with in-depth information on the entire HSCT process, from stem cell mobilization, collection, and infusion to potential complications and long-term effects. It also includes chapters on current research, emerging therapies, ethics, HSCT program development, and professional practice issues"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    OVERVIEW OF HEMATOPOIESIS AND IMMUNOLOGY
    BASIC CONCEPTS OF TRANSPLANTATION
    CURRENT RESEARCH
    CONSIDERATIONS IN PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT AND SITES OF CARE
    STEM CELL COLLECTION
    TRANSPLANT TREATMENT COURSE AND ACUTE COMPLICATIONS
    ACUTE AND CHRONIC GRAFT-VERSUS-HOST DISEASE
    HEMATOLOGIC EFFECTS
    GASTROINTESTINAL COMPLICATIONS
    HEPATORENAL AND BLADDER COMPLICATIONS
    CARDIOPULMONARY COMPLICATIONS
    NEUROLOGIC COMPLICATIONS
    RELAPSE AND SUBSEQUENT MALIGNANCIES
    LATE EFFECTS AND SURVIVORSHIP CARE
    ETHICAL CONSIDERATIONS
    EMERGING CELLULAR THERAPIES : CHIMERIC ANTIGEN RECEPTOR T CELLS
    PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE.
    Digital Access R2Library 2020
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    Menso J. Nubé, Muriel P.C. Grooteman, Peter J. Blankestijn, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Sherene Shalhub, Anahita Dua, Susanna Shin, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Michael R. Pinsky, Jean-Louis Teboul, Jean-Louis Vincent, editors.
    Summary: This book, part of the European Society of Intensive Care Medicine textbook series, teaches readers how to use hemodynamic monitoring, an essential skill for today's intensivists. It offers a valuable guide for beginners, as well as for experienced intensivists who want to hone their skills, helping both groups detect an inadequacy of perfusion and make the right choices to achieve the main goal of hemodynamic monitoring in the critically ill, i.e., to correctly assess the cardiovascular system and its response to tissue oxygen demands. The book is divided into distinguished sections: from physiology to pathophysiology; clinical assessment and measurements; and clinical practice achievements including techniques, the basic goals in clinical practice as well as the more appropriate hemodynamic therapy to be applied in different conditions. All chapters use a learning-oriented style, with practical examples, key points and take home messages, helping readers quickly absorb the content and, at the same time, apply what they have learned in the clinical setting. The European Society of Intensive Care Medicine has developed the Lessons from the ICU series with the vision of providing focused and state-of-the-art overviews of central topics in Intensive Care and optimal resources for clinicians working in Intensive Care.

    Contents:
    Introduction (Jukka Takala)
    Part I. Physiology and Pathophysiology
    Chapter 1. Shock: definition and recognition (Massimo Antonelli)
    Chapter 2. Assessing the adequacy of cardiac output (Jean-Louis Vincent)
    Chapter 3. The determinants of Venous Return (Maurizio Cecconi)
    Chapter 4. Arterial blood Pressure Regulation (Michel Pinsky)
    Chapter 5. Pulmonary Circulation (Marco Maggiorini)
    Chapter 6. Heart Rate (Paul Marik)
    Chapter 7. Autonomic Dysfunction in Shock (Gareth Ackland)
    Chapter 8. Oxygen Delivery (Luciano Gattinoni)
    Chapter 9. Mitochondrial Function (Mervyn Singer)
    Chapter 10. Perioperative Hemodynamics (Andrew Rhodes)
    Chapter 11. Haemodynamics and Extracorporeal Circulation (Alain Combes)
    Part II. Clinical Assessment and Measurements
    Chapter 12. Clinical Assessment of Hemodynamic Instability (Jan Bakker)
    Chapter 13. Assessment of the microcirculation (Daniel De Backer)
    Chapter 14. SvO2/ScVO2 (Zsolt Molnar)
    ^Chapter 15. pcO2 gap (Ospina-Tascon)
    Chapter 16. Lactate (Glenn Hernandez)
    Part III. The Techniques
    Chapter 17. Cardiac Ultrasound Examination in Shock (Antoine Viellard Baron)
    Chapter 18. Non Cardiac Ultrasound Signs in Shock (Paul Mayo)
    Chapter 19. Central Venous Pressure (Sheldon Magder)
    Chapter 20. Arterial Blood Pressure (Jean-Louis Teboul)
    Chapter 21. Cardiac Output Monitors (Daniel Reuter)
    Chapter 22. Volumetric Monitoring (Manu Malbrain)
    Chapter 23. Assessment of Fluid Responsiveness (Xavier Monnet)
    Chapter 24. Pulmonary Arterial Catheter (Didier Payen)
    Chapter 25. Arterial Pressure Waveform Analysis Cardiac Output Monitoring (Ignacio Monge Garcia)
    Chapter 26. Oesophageal Doppler (Monty Mythen)
    Chapter 27. Bioimpedence / Bioreactance (Pierre Squara)
    Chapter 28. Other Techniques (Jacques Duranteau)
    Part IV. Basic Goals in Clinical Practice.-Chapter 29. Blood Pressure Targets in the initial stabilization (Pierre Asfar)
    ^Chapter 30. Choosing the right vasopressor (Anthony Gordon)
    Chapter 31. Fluid Resuscitation (Anders Perner)
    Part V. Choosing the Right Hemodynamic Therapy
    Chapter 32. In Acute Heart Failure (Alexandre Mebazaa)
    Chapter 33. In Septic Shock(Claude Martin)
    Chapter 34. In ARDS (Luciano Gattinoni)
    Chapter 35. In Neurological Emergencies (Fabio Taccone)
    Chapter 36. For Perioperative Optimisation (Rupert Pearse)
    Chapter 37. In a Patient under ECMO (Richard Beale). .
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Print
    Mary E. Lough.
    Summary: "This comprehensive, evidence-based guide to hemodynamic monitoring procedures and patient care describes invasive, minimally invasive, and noninvasive techniques for monitoring blood pressure and oxygen levels within the circulatory system. Detailed comprehensive coverage is designed to fit the needs of today's critical care nurses and respiratory therapists."--Page [4] of cover.

    Contents:
    Part 1. Fundamentals of hemodynamic monitoring
    1. Physiologic principles of hemodynamic monitoring
    2. Physical assessment and hemodynamic monitoring
    3. Arterial pressure monitoring
    4. Central venous pressure monitoring
    5. Pulmonary artery pressuer and thermodiluation cardiac output monitoring
    6. Oxygenation and acid-base balance monitoring
    7. Venous oxygen saturation monitoring
    8. Capnography monitoring
    9. Vasoactive medications
    Part 2. Noninvasive and minimally invasive hemodynamic monitoring
    10. Doppler hemodynamic monitoring
    11. Ultrasonography-based hemodynamic monitoring
    12. Arterial waveform and pressure based hemodynamic monitoring
    13. Implantable hemodynamic monitoring
    Part 3. Clinical applications of hemodynamic monitoring
    14. Hemodynamics of mechanical ventilation and acute respiratory distress syndrome
    15. Hemodynamics of mechanical circulatory support
    16. Hemodynamic management following cardiac surgery
    17. Hemodynamic management of heart failure and cardiogenic shock
    18. Hemodynamics of acute right heart failure and pulmonary hypertension
    19. Hemodynamic management in hypovolemia and trauma
    20. Hemodynamics of sepsis
    21. Hemodynamic and intracranial dynamic monitoring in neurocritical care
    22. Goal-directed hemodynamics
    Appendix
    Index
    Case studies and case examples.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC683 .H446 2016
    1
  • Digital
    Raphael Giraud, Karim Bendjelid.
    Contents:
    Blood pressure
    Monitoring of cardiac output and its derivatives
    Hemodynamic monitoring techniques
    Monitoring the adequacy of oxygen supply and demand
    Echocardiography
    Preload dependency dynamic indices
    Perspectives. .
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Rose Knapp, DNP, RN, APRN-BC, Assistant Graduate Faculty, APN Program Coordinator, Monmouth University, Marjorie K. Unterberg School of Nursing and Health Studies, West Long Branch, NJ.
    Contents:
    Cardiopulmonary anatomy and physiology / Maria Elsa Rodriguez
    Understanding a pressure monitoring system / Natalie Burkhalter
    Vascular access / Susan Barnason
    Arterial pressure monitoring / PatricIa Walters
    Central venous pressure monitoring / Kathleen M. Hill
    Pulmonary artery pressure monitoring / Margaret Mcatee
    Cardiac output monitoring / Julene B. (Julie) Kruithof
    Tissue oxygenation monitoring / Michelle D. Staggs
    Minimally invasive hemodynamic monitoring / Loisann Stapleton
    Circulatory assist devices / Nancy M. Richards.
    Digital Access Ovid 2016
  • Digital
    clinical editor, Rose Knapp.
    Summary: Build a solid knowledge base in hemodynamic nursing skills, with the newly updated "Hemodynamic Monitoring Made Incredibly Visual!, 4th Edition". Full of colorful images that illustrate monitoring concepts and processes, this concise, enjoyable guide sorts through the complexities of hemodynamics and clarifies them in easy-to-follow ways. Grasp the structures and functions of pulmonary and cardiac systems and the vital skills of hemodynamics, with this vital reference -- a must-have for all nursing students, new nurses, and nurses returning to critical care. -- From product description.

    Contents:
    Cardiopulmonary anatomy and physiology / Erica Sciarra
    Understanding a pressure monitoring system / Natalie Burkhalter
    Vascular access / Susan Barnason
    Arterial pressure monitoring / Patricia Walters
    Central venous pressure monitoring / Kathleen M. Hill
    Pulmonary artery pressure monitoring / Margaret McAtee
    Cardiac output monitoring / Julene B. (Julie) Kruithof
    Tissue oxygenation monitoring / Michelle D. Staggs
    Minimally invasive hemodynamic monitoring / Loisann Stapleton
    Circulatory assist devices / Anna Remy.
    Digital Access Ovid 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Morton J. Kern, Michael J. Lim, James A. Goldstein.
    Summary: "The essential resource on cardiac hemodynamics--now in a new edition Hemodynamic Rounds, Fourth Edition is intended to help cardiologists, cardiovascular fellowship trainees, residents and other members of the medical community enhance their understanding of cardiac physiology and its associated hemodynamic presentations in health and disease. This includes the basic principles of flow and pressure measurements, systemic as well as coronary hemodynamics in normal and diseased states, and changes in hemodynamics following interventional procedures ranging from TAVI and valvuloplasty to stent placement. Like its popular predecessors, this new edition draws on case studies to illustrate characteristic cardiac hemodynamic findings and discusses the essential methods used in interpreting pressure waveforms as a diagnostic and monitoring tool. The text is organized into chapters on specific areas of the heart, common cardiac pathophysiologic conditions, and hemodynamic situations resulting from different therapeutic procedures. It includes discussions of both normal and abnormal pressure waveforms. This new edition has been revised throughout to include brand new content on aortic and mitral valve stenosis and regurgitation as well as TAVI and mitral clip hemodynamics. Highlights include: Essential and easy to understand resource for those required to interpret cardiac blood flow and blood pressure tracings Covers hemodynamic assessment by cardiac disorder, plus the bedside applications of hemodynamics Revised throughout and includes brand new content on valve stenosis and regurgitation and TAVI and mitral clip hemodynamics Hemodynamic Rounds: Interpretation of Cardiac Pathophysiology from Pressure Waveform Analysis, Fourth Edition is an indispensable tool for all physicians, nurses, and students responsible for measuring and interpreting cardiac waveforms in cardiac diagnosis and monitoring"--Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Wiley 2018
  • Digital
    [edited by] Istvan Seri ; consulting editor, Richard A. Polin.
    Summary: "Dr. Richard Polin's Neonatology Questions and Controversies series highlights the most challenging aspects of neonatal care, offering trustworthy guidance on up-to-date diagnostic and treatment options in the field. In each volume, renowned experts address the clinical problems of greatest concern to today's practitioners, helping you handle difficult practice issues and provide optimal, evidence-based care to every patient. "--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Section A: Developmental cardiovascular physiology and pathophysiology. Principles of developmental cardiovascular physiology and pathophysiology
    Vascular regulation of blood flow to organs in the preterm and term neonate
    Definition of normal blood pressure range: the elusive target
    Section B: Hemodynamic principles of postnatal transition.
    Cardiorespiratory effects of delayed cord clamping
    Hemodynamic significance and clinical relevance of delayed cord clamping and cord milking
    Transitional hemodynamics and pathophysiology of P/IVH
    The immature autonomic nervous system, hemodynamic regulation, and brain injury in the preterm neonate
    Pathophysiology of PPHN: cellular basis and animal studies
    Pathophysiology-based treatment of PPHN
    Section C: Diagnosis of neonatal cardiovascular compromise: methods and their clinical applications. Assessment of systemic blood flow and cardiac function: ultrasound. Point of care ultrasound in the assessment of the neonatal cardiovascular system
    Assessment of systemic blood flow and myocardial function in the neonatal period using ultrasound
    Tissue Doppler imaging
    Speckle Doppler tracking
    Assessment of systemic blood flow and cardiac function: other methods. Assessment of cardiac output in neonates: techniques using the Fick principle, indicator dilution technology, Doppler ultrasound, thoracic electrical impedance and arterial pulse contour analysis
    Cardiac MRI in the assessment of systemic and organ blood flow and the function of the developing heart
    Methods to assess systemic and organ blood flow in the neonate: principles
    Assessment of organ and peripheral blood flow. Near-infrared spectroscopy
    Clinical applications of near-infrared spectroscopy in neonates
    Assessment of the microcirculation in the neonate
    Comprehensive and predictive monitoring. heart rate and cardiorespiratory analysis for sepsis and NEC prediction
    Comprehensive, real-time hemodynamic monitoring and data acquisition: an essential component of the development of individualized neonatal intensive care
    Section D: Clinical presentations and treatment of cardiovascular compromise in the neonate. Patent ductus arteriosus. Diagnosis, evaluation and monitoring of PDA in the very preterm infant
    Pharmacologic management of PDA in the very preterm neonate
    Surgical management of PDA in the very preterm infant and post ligation cardiac compromise
    Pathophysiology based management of the hemodynamically significant ductus arteriosus in the very preterm neonate
    Cardiovascular compromise in the preterm infant during the first postnatal day
    Pathophysiology and treatment of neonatal shock. Assessment and management of septic shock & hypovolaemia
    Hemodynamics in the asphyxiated neonate and effects of therapeutic hypothermia
    Pathopysiologically based management of circulatory compromise
    The neonate with relative adrenal insufficiency and vasopressor resistance
    Section E: Cardiology. Neonates with complex congenital heart disease: delivery room management and stabilization before transfer to the cardiac ICU
    Catheter-based therapy in the neonate with congenital heart disease.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Digital
    Gila Perk.
    Summary: The book provides a practically focused review of the latest techniques used for hemodynamic assessment in the echocardiography laboratory. It features a methodical case-based approach covering how to measure hemodynamic parameters successfully, including stroke volume, valve area and regurgitation severity, in a range of scenarios of varying complexity. Step-by-step guidance on how to apply the techniques described are provided. Each chapter also contains didactic features to assist the reader in assimilating the key points in every case, assisting them to develop their knowledge of how to treat patients with both routine and complex hemodynamic issues in the echocardiography laboratory. Hemodynamics in the Echocardiography Laboratory therefore represents a concise resource on how to carry out hemodynamic assessments and is a valuable resource for trainees and fellows in cardiology and echocardiography seeking a concise review of the topic.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Contents
    1: General Principles
    1.1 Doppler Principle
    1.2 Bernoulli Principle
    1.2.1 Bernoulli Equation (Fig. 1.2)
    1.3 Wiggers Diagram
    1.4 Summary and Final Points
    2: Math in the Echo Lab
    2.1 Volume Calculations
    2.1.1 VTI-Based Technique
    2.1.2 Border Tracing-Based Technique
    2.2 Resistance Calculations
    2.3 Continuity Principle
    2.4 PISA (Proximal Isovelocity Surface Area) Calculation
    2.5 Volumetirc Calculations
    2.6 Summary and Final Points
    3: Pulmonary Pressure: Beginner
    3.1 Pulmonary Artery Systolic Pressure 3.2 Analyzing TR Spectral Doppler Envelope
    3.3 Measuring Peak TR Velocity
    3.4 Assessing Right Atrial Pressure
    3.5 Interpreting the Data
    3.6 Summary and Final Points
    4: Pulmonary Pressure: Advanced
    4.1 Pulmonary Artery Diastolic Pressure
    4.2 Mean Pulmonary Artery Pressure
    4.2.1 Calculating Mean PAP Based on Sys/Dias PAP
    4.2.2 PI Early Diastolic Velocity
    4.2.3 TR VTI
    4.2.4 PA Acceleration Time
    4.3 Pulmonary Vascular Resistance
    4.3.1 Comparing TR [delta]P and RVOT Flow
    4.3.2 Calculating Pressure Drop and Flow across Pulmonary Circulation 4.4 Summary and Final Points
    5: How Severe Is This MR
    5.1 General Principles
    5.2 Anatomic/Color Assessment for EROA
    5.2.1 3D-Based Direct Measurement of EROA
    5.2.2 Vena Contracta Measurement
    5.3 PISA Method
    5.3.1 Pointers and Potential Pitfalls for the PISA Method
    5.4 Color Doppler Assessment
    5.5 Volumetric Calculations
    5.6 Summary and Final Points
    6: What Is Wrong with This MR: Part I
    6.1 Case Presentation
    6.2 Approach to an Unusual MR Tracing
    6.3 Summary and Final Points
    7: What's Wrong with This MR: Part II
    7.1 Case Presentation 7.2 Approach to an Unusual MR Tracing
    7.2.1 Low Peak Velocity
    7.2.2 Abnormal MR Envelope Shape
    7.3 Summary and Final Points
    8: Why Is This Happening Now
    8.1 First-Degree Heart Block
    8.1.1 Approach to Abnormal MR Timing
    8.2 High Degree Heart Block
    8.2.1 Approach to Abnormal MR Timing
    8.3 The Missing Atrial Contraction
    8.3.1 Approach to Abnormal MR Timing
    8.4 Summary and Final Points
    9: Extreme Pulsus Alternans
    9.1 Case Presentation
    9.2 Summary and Final Points
    10: Is This AI an Emergency
    10.1 AI Quantification
    10.2 AI Hemodynamics 10.3 Summary and Final Points
    11: There's a Hole in the Heart: Part I
    11.1 Approach to ASD Evaluation
    11.2 Case Presentation
    11.2.1 Anatomic Type of ASD
    11.2.2 Shunt Direction
    11.2.3 Magnitude of the Interatrial Shunt
    11.2.4 Effect of the Shunt on Chamber Size and Function
    11.2.5 Presence of Pulmonary Hypertension
    11.2.6 Estimation of Pulmonary Vascular Resistance
    11.3 Case Presentation
    11.3.1 Shunt Direction
    11.3.2 Magnitude of the Interatrial Shunt
    11.3.3 Effect of the Shunt on Chamber Size and Function
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Thomas Ming Swi Chang, McGill University, Canada, Yoshihiro Endo, Shiga University of Medical Science, Japan, Volodymyr G. Nikolaev, Ukrainian Academy of Sciences, Ukraine, Tohru Tani, Shiga University of Medical Science, Japan, Yaoting Yu, Nankai University, China, Wen-Hui Zheng.
    Digital Access World Scientific 2017
  • Digital
    David Green.
    Summary: Hemophilia and Von Willebrand Disease: Factor VIII and Von Willebrand Factor serves as a must-have reference on the important role these essential blood-clotting proteins play in research and clinical medicine. Clinicians and researchers face the daily challenge of staying current on the vast amounts of research that is now generated. The reference to Janus in the title refers to the two roles of the Factor VIII/Von Willebrand Factor Complex: initiation of coagulation and propagation of clot formation. The complex prevents bleeding in hemophilia and Von Willebrand disease but also augments arterial and venous thrombosis. Presents one source of information on Hemophilia and Von Willebrand Disease, as well as Factor VIII and Von Willebrand Factor, eliminating the search through hundreds of journal articles.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Edoardo Boccardi, Marco Cenzato, Francesco Curto, Marco Longoni, Cristina Motto, Valentina Oppo, Valentina Perini, Simone Vidale.
    Summary: This book provides detailed practical guidance on the management of hemorrhagic stroke in the clinical settings encountered in daily practice. Real-life cases are used to depict a wide range of clinical scenarios and to highlight significant aspects of management of hemorrhagic stroke. In addition, diagnostic and therapeutic protocols are presented and helpful decision-making algorithms are provided that are specific to the different professionals involved in delivery of stroke care and to differing types of hospital facility. The coverage is completed by the inclusion of up-to-date scientific background information relevant to diagnosis and therapy. Throughout, the approach adopted is both practical and multidisciplinary. The book will be of value for all practitioners involved in the provision of stroke care, and also for medical students.

    Contents:
    Diagnosis and therapy in the acute phase of hemorrhagic stroke: latest developments
    Clinical cases
    Clinical organizational pathways for hemorrhagic stroke
    Differentiated decisional algorithms.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Hyung Kyu Yang.
    Summary: This book provides up-to-date knowledge on hemorrhoids for proctologists. It covers all aspects, including the history of hemorrhoids, the anatomy of the anal canal, pathophysiology, diagnosis, and treatment. Both conservative treatment approaches and surgical methods are explained with the aid of numerous high-quality illustrations and schematic drawings. Particular attention is paid to lift-up submucosal hemorrhoidectomy, developed by the author by modifying Parks' original method. Additionally, other important techniques proposed by world leaders in the field are described and illustrated. The international trend towards use of day-case hemorrhoidectomy is acknowledged by considering this approach in detail, with discussion of patient preparation, anesthesia, surgical technique, and postoperative management. The treatment of hemorrhoids in a variety of special circumstances is examined, including new trends in PPH. The closing chapter is devoted to the various forms of anesthesia for anal surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Carlo Ratto, Angelo Parello, Francesco Litta.
    Summary: This book offers a comprehensive guide to hemorrhoidal disease, the most frequent coloproctological affection. In addition to amply illustrated chapters covering the epidemiology and anatomic, physiologic, and pathophysiologic bases of hemorrhoids, readers will find helpful information on the classification of hemorrhoidal disease and modalities to assess it, as well as their significant impact on the choice of treatment. The work presents a complete panel of all therapies usually adopted to treat this condition and their outcomes, which are critically commented on by prominent specialists. Further, management of the disease in special conditions is also discussed. Lastly, a literature review and evaluation of the impact of different treatments on the patient's quality of life round out the volume, which is part of the Reference Work series entitled Coloproctology.

    Contents:
    Section 1- Basics on hemorrhoids: 1 Epidemiology of hemorrhoidal disease
    2 Anatomy, physiology and pathophysiology of hemorrhoids
    3 Classification of hemorrhoidal disease and impact on the choice of treatment
    4 Haemorrhoids and media: impact on the patients
    5 Clinical assessment of hemorrhoidal disease. Section 2- Therapeutic approach to the hemorrhoidal disease: 6 Medical therapy of hemorrhoidal disease
    7 Endoscopic treatment of internal hemorrhoids
    8 Selection of patients to the surgical treatment of hemorrhoids
    9 Critical aspects of modern surgical approach to hemorrhoids
    10 Management of hemorrhoidal disease in special conditions
    11 The acute management of hemorrhoids. Section 3- Outpatient treatments: 12 Rubber band ligation, Sclerotherapy, Infrared coagulation and others: techniques and results in the surgical treatment of hemorrhoids
    13 Why and when I do prefer outpatient treatments in the surgical treatment of hemorrhoids
    14 Technical tips and tricks of outpatients treatments for hemorrhoids
    15 Pros and contras of outpatients treatments for hemorrhoids
    16 Main advantages of outpatients treatments for hemorrhoids
    17 Main disadvantages of outpatients treatments for hemorrhoids
    18 Literature review on outpatients treatments for hemorrhoids. Section 4- Hemorrhoidectomy: 19 Traditional hemorrhoidectomy: techniques and results
    20 Modern hemorrhoidectomy: techniques and results
    21 Why and when I do prefer the hemorrhoidectomy
    22 Technical tips and tricks of hemorrhoidectomy
    23 Pros and contras of hemorrhoidectomy
    24 Main advantages of hemorrhoidectomy
    25 Main disadvantages of hemorrhoidectomy
    26 Literature review on hemorrhoidectomy. Section 5- Stapled hemorrhoidopexy: 27 Stapled hemorrhoidopexy: techniques and results
    28 Why and when I do prefer the stapled haemorrhoidopexy
    29 Technical tips and tricks of stapled haemorrhoidopexy
    30 Pros and contras of stapled haemorrhoidopexy
    31 Main advantages of stapled haemorrhoidopexy
    32 Main disadvantages of stapled haemorrhoidopexy
    33 Literature review on stapled haemorrhoidopexy. Section 5- Hemorrhoidal dearterialization and mucopexy: 34 Dearterialization of hemorrhoids and mucopexy: techniques and results
    35 Hemorrhoidal dearterialization with laser: techniques and results
    36 Why and when I do prefer the dearterialization of hemorrhoids and mucopexy
    37 Technical tips and tricks of dearterialization of hemorrhoids and mucopexy
    38 Pros and contras of dearterialization of hemorrhoids and mucopexy
    39 Main advantages of dearterialization of hemorrhoids and mucopexy
    40 Main disadvantages of dearterialization of hemorrhoids and mucopexy
    41 Literature review on dearterialization of hemorrhoids and mucopexy. Section 6 -Perioperative management and outcome: 42 Intra- and postoperative management in patients submitted to operation for hemorrhoids
    43 Postoperative complications following surgical procedures for hemorrhoids and their management
    44 Literature data on the hemorrhoidal disease management
    45 Patients' quality of life after different treatments for hemorrhoidal disease. .
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Thomas G. DeLoughery, editor.
    Summary: The latest edition of this practical handbook provides a concise yet comprehensive overview of common and rare problems with hemostasis and thrombosis. Through thoroughly updated and revised chapters, the text features practical information on diagnosing and managing troublesome hematologic conditions often found in clinical practice. The handbook also spotlights advances in the field since the publication of the last edition, including multiple novel coagulation factors for hemophilia, the increasing use of novel anticoagulants and their reversal agents, and the increasing use of genetics for diagnosis. Written by experts in the field, Hemostasis and Thrombosis, Fourth Edition is an invaluable resource for healthcare professionals who treat patients afflicted with these conditions. -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Basics of Coagulation
    Tests of Hemostasis and Thrombosis
    Bleeding Disorders: A General Approach
    Hemophilia
    von Willebrand Disease
    Other Inherited Bleeding Disorders
    Acquired Bleeding Disorders
    Disseminated Intravascular Coagulation
    Liver and Renal Disease
    Cardiac Bypass and Ventricular Assist Devices/ECMO
    Immune Thrombocytopenia
    Thrombotic Microangiopathy (TTP/HUS)
    Non-Blood Product Agents for Bleeding Disorders
    Transfusion Therapy and Massive Transfusions
    Deep Venous Thrombosis and Pulmonary Embolism
    Thrombosis in Unusual Sites
    Inherited Thrombophilias
    Aquired Thrombophilias
    Antiphospholipid Antibody Syndrome
    Antithrombotic Therapy for Cardiac Disease
    Stroke and Peripheral Vascular Disease
    Heparins and Heparin-Induced Thrombocytopenia
    Other Parenteral Anticoagulants
    Direct Oral Anticoagulants
    Warfarin
    Antiplatelet Agents
    Thrombolytic Therapy
    Clinical Dilemmas In Anticoagulation: Extremes Of Weight, Renal Disease, Recent Bleeding, And Surgery
    Bleeding and Thrombosis in Cancer Patients
    Hemostasis and Thrombosis in Pregnancy
    Hemorrhage and Thrombosis in Women
    Pediatric Thrombosis.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Hussain I. Saba, Harold R. Roberts.
    Contents:
    Theories of blood coagulation : basic concepts and recent updates / Dougald M. Monroe, Maureane Hoffman
    Vascular endothelium, influence on hemostasis : past and present / Hussain I. Saba, Sabiha R. Saba
    Coagulation testing : basic and advanced clinical laboratory tests for the diagnosis of common hemostatic and thrombotic disorders / Nils Egberg and Margareta Blombäck
    Hemophilia A (factor VIII deficiency) : clinical bleeding and management / Pier Mannuccio Mannucci and Massimo Franchini
    Hemophilia B (factor IX deficiency) : clinical manifestations and management / R. S. Kasthuri, H. R. Roberts, P. E. Monahan
    Factor XI deficiency (hemophilia C) / Charles E. Bane, Anne T. Neff, and David Gailani
    Factor VIII and IX inhibitors in hemophilia / Meera Chitlur and Jeanne Lusher
    Treatment options for acquired hemophilia / Anjali Sharathkumar and David Green
    Factor XII deficiency (Hageman factor deficiency) / Evi Stavrou and Alvin H. Schmaier
    Inherited combined factor deficiency states / Asma Latif and Louis Aledort
    Acute and chronic ITP : biology, diagnosis, and management / Samir Dalia and Benjamin Djulbegovic
    Disseminated intravascular coagulation (DIC) : diagnosis and management / Stephanie J. Davis, Craig M. Kessler
    Mechanisms of fibrinolysis and basic principles of management / John W. Weisel and I. Litvinov
    Post thrombotic syndrome / Jean-Philippe Galanaud, Susan R. Kahn
    Von Willebrand disease : clinical aspects and practical management / Francesco Rodeghiero, Alberto Tosetto, Giancarlo Castaman
    Platelets in hemostasis : inherited and acquired qualitative disorders / Noman Ashraf and Hussain I. Saba
    Contributions of platelet polyphosphate to hemostasis and thrombosis / James H. Morrissey
    Thrombotic microangiopathy : thrombotic thrombocytopenic purpura and hemolytic uremic syndrome : biology, diagnosis, and management / Samir Dalia
    Hemostasis and aging / Lodovico Balducci
    Hemostatic problems in chronic and acute liver disease / Ton Lisman and Robert J. Porte
    Cancer and thrombosis / Erica Peterson and Agnes Lee
    An update on low-molecular-weight heparins / Jawed Fareed, Debra Hoppensteadt, Walter P. Jeske.
    Digital Access Wiley 2014
  • Digital
    Richard P. Szumita, Paul M. Szumita, editors.
    Summary: "This book offers a thorough, clinically oriented review of hemostasis and its impact on the practice of dentistry. Readers will gain a sound understanding of the pathophysiology of hemostasis and the pharmacology of antithrombotic and prothrombotic medications. Perioperative dental management strategies of value in patients with different congenital and acquired disorders of hemostasis are carefully explained, and the role of surgical techniques and local and topical agents in helping to minimize and control bleeding is described. Helpful instruction is also provided on the indications for antithrombotic medications and the management of patients receiving such therapy, including the risks of altering medications. As the number of available oral antithrombotic agents continues to increase, dentists will encounter significantly more patients receiving treatments that affect hemostasis. In presenting comprehensive, up-to-date information on hemostasis, hemostatic disorders, antithrombotic therapy, and safe dental management, this book will serve as a rich source of information and a useful guide for practitioners and students alike."-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Todd Pawlicki, Daniel J. Scanderbeg, George Starkschall.
    Contents:
    Atomic structure and radioactive decay
    Interactions of X rays and gamma rays
    Interactions of particulate radiation with matter
    Machines for producting radiation
    Measurement of ionizing radiation
    Calibration of megavoltage beams of X rays and electrons
    Central-axis point dose calculations
    External beam dose calculations
    External beam treatment planning and delivery
    The basics of medical imaging
    Diagnostic imaging and applications to radiation therapy
    Tumor targeting: image-guided and adaptive radiation therapy
    Computer systems
    Radiation oncology informatics
    Physics of proton radiation therapy
    Sources for implant therapy and dose calculation
    Brachytherapy treatment planning
    Radiation protection
    Quality assurance
    Patient safety and quality improvement.
    Digital Access Wiley 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Edgar V. Lerma, MD, FACP, FASN, FNKF, Clinical Professor of Medicine, Section of Nephrology, University of Illinois at Chicago/Advocate Christ Medical Center, Oak Lawn, Illinois, Associates in Nephrology, Chicago, Illinois, Matthew R. Weir, MD, Professor and Director, Division of Nephrology, Department of Medicine, University of Maryland School of Medicine, Baltimore, Maryland.
    Contents:
    Sect. I: Technical and procedural considerations in hemodialysis
    Sect. II: Technical and procedural considerations in peritoneal dialysis
    Sect. III: Clinical considerations in the evaluation of dialysis patients
    Sect. IV: Drugs and intoxications
    Sect. V: Dialysis in the pediatric population
    Sect. VI: Dialysis in specific circumstances
    Sect. VII: Business of dialysis.
    Digital Access Ovid 2017
  • Digital
    [edited by] Richard A. McPherson, Matthew R. Pincus.
    Summary: "This twenty-fourth edition marks more than 100 years since A Manual of Clinical Diagnosis, authored by James Campbell Todd, was introduced in 1908. In its current format as Henry's Clinical Diagnosis and Management by Laboratory Methods, this textbook remains the authoritative source of information for residents, students, and other trainees in the disciplines of clinical pathology and laboratory medicine, and for physicians and laboratory practitioners. The current edition continues the tradition of partnership between laboratory examinations and the formulation and confirmation of clinical diagnoses followed by monitoring of body functions, therapeutic drug levels, other results of medical treatments, and risk assessment for disease"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Part 1: The clinical laboratory. General concepts and administrative issues
    Optimizing laboratory workflow and performance
    Preanalysis
    Analysis: principles of instrumentation
    Mass spectrometry and applications
    Analysis: clinical laboratory automation
    Point-of-care testing and physician office laboratories
    Postanalysis: medical decision making
    Interpreting laboratory results
    Laboratory statistics
    Quality control
    Clinical laboratory informatics
    Financial management
    Ethics in laboratory medicine
    Part 2: Clinical chemistry. Evaluation of renal function, water , electrolytes and acid-base function
    Biochemical markers of bone metabolism
    Carbohydrates
    Lipids and dyslipoproteinemia
    Cardiac injury, atherosclerosis, and thrombotic disease
    Specific proteins
    Clinical enzymology
    Evaluation of liver function
    Laboratory diagnosis of gastrointestinal and pancreatic disorders
    Toxicology and therapeutic drug monitoring
    Evaluation of endocrine function
    Reproductive function and pregnancy
    Vitamins and trace elements
    Chemical basis for analyte assays and common interferences
    Part 3: Urine and other body fluids. Basic examination of urine
    Cerebrospinal, synovial, serous body fluids, and alternative specimens
    Part 4: Hematology and transfusion medicine. Basic examination of blood and bone marrow
    Hematopoiesis
    Erythrocytic disorders
    Leukocytic disorders
    The flow cytometric evaluation for hematopoietic neoplasia
    Immunohematology
    Transfusion medicine
    Hemapheresis
    Tissue banking and progenitor cells
    Part 5: Hemostasis and thrombosis. Coagulation and fibrinolysis
    Platelet disorders and von willebrand disease
    Laboratory approach to thrombotic risk
    Antithrombotic therapy
    Part 6: Immunology and immunopathology. Overview of the immune system and immunologic disorders
    Immunoassays and immunochemistry
    Laboratory evaluation of the cellular immune system
    Laboratory evaluation of immunoglobulin function and humoral immunity
    Mediators of inflammation: complement
    Mediators of inflammation: cytokines and adhesion molecules
    Human leukocyte antigen: the major histocompatibility complex of man
    The major histocompatibility complex and disease
    Immunodeficiency disorders
    Clinical and laboratory evaluation of systemic autoimmune rheumatic diseases
    Vasculitis
    Organ-specific autoimmune diseases
    Allergic diseases
    Part 7: Medical microbiology. Medical bacteriology
    In vitro testing of antimicrobial agents
    Mycobacteria
    Mycotic diseases
    Spirochete infections
    Chlamydial and mycoplasmal infections
    Rickettsiae and other related intracellular bacteria
    Viral infections
    Medical parasitology
    Specimen collection and handling for diagnosis of infectious diseases
    Part 8: Molecular pathology. Introduction to molecular pathology
    Molecular diagnostics: basic principles and techniques
    Polymerase chain reaction and other nucleic acid amplification technology
    Hybridization array technologies
    Applications of cytogenetics in modern pathology
    Molecular diagnosis of genetic diseases
    Molecular genetics of neuro-psychiatric disorders: current research and perspectives
    Identity testing: use of DNA analysis in parentage, forensic, and missing persons testing
    Pharmacogenomics and personalized medicine
    Part 9: Clinical pathology of cancer. Diagnosis and management of cancer using serologic and other body fluid markers
    Oncoproteins and early tumor detection
    Molecular diagnosis of hematopoietic neoplasms
    Molecular genetic pathology of solid tumors
    High-throughput genomic and proteomic technologies in the post-genomic era
    Appendices. Physiologic solutions, buffers, acid-base indicators, standard reference materials, and temperature conversions
    Desirable weights, body surface area, and body mass index
    Approximations of total blood volume
    Periodic table of elements
    Si units
    Common chimeric genes identified in human malignancies
    Disease/organ panels.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2022
  • Digital
    editors, Glenn P. Gravlee, MD (Professor and Vice Chair for Faculty Affairs, Department of Anesthesiology, University of Colorado School of Medicine, Aurora, Colorado), Andrew D. Shaw, MB, FRCA (Professor and Chair, Department of Anesthesiology and Pain Medicine, Faculty of Medicine and Dentistry, University of Alberta, Edmonton, Alberta, Canada), Karsten Bartels, MD, MS (Assistant Professor of Anesthesiology, Medicine and Surgery, Department of Anesthesiology, University of Colorado School of Medicine, Aurora, Colorado).
    Summary: "The title of the sixth edition has changed to "Hensley's Practical Approach to Cardiothoracic Anesthesia" to honor Rick Hensley (see Dedication) and to acknowledge the incorporation of noncardiac thoracic anesthesia topics, which was actually done in previous editions without titular recognition. This edition also adds 19 links to video clips spread across Chapters 11, 12, and 19. In addition to the Key Points at the beginning of each chapter, all chapters now include several Clinical Pearls, which are short, key clinical concepts located in the text section where their subject matter is presented. Highlighting of key references constitutes another new feature"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library
  • Digital
    Israel Vlodavsky, Ralph D. Sanderson, Neta Ilan, editors.
    Summary: Proteases and their involvement in cancer progression have been well addressed and documented; however, the emerging premise presented within this book is that Heparanase is a master regulator of aggressive cancer phenotypes and crosstalk with the tumor microenvironment. This endoglycosidase contributes to tumor-mediated remodeling of the extracellular matrix and cell surfaces, augmenting the bioavailability of pro-tumorigenic and pro-inflammatory growth factors and cytokines that are bound to Heparan sulfate. Compelling evidence ties Heparanase with all steps of tumor progression including tumor initiation, growth, angiogenesis, metastasis, and chemoresistance, supporting the notion that Heparanase is an important contributor to the poor outcome of cancer patients and a validated target for therapy. Unlike Heparanase, heparanase-2, a close homolog of Heparanase, lacks enzymatic activity, inhibits Heparanase, and regulates selected genes that promote normal differentiation and tumor suppression. Written by internationally recognized leaders in Heparanase biology, this volume presents a comprehensive understanding of Heparanase's multifaceted activities in cancer, inflammation, diabetes and other diseases, as well as its related clinical applications to scientists, clinicians and advanced students in cell biology, tumor biology and oncology.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Contents
    Contributors
    About the Editors
    Part I: Historical and General Background
    Chapter 1: Forty Years of Basic and Translational Heparanase Research
    1.1 Historical Introduction
    1.1.1 Key Observations Made Prior to Cloning of the HPSE Gene (Chronological Order)
    1.2 Heparanase Gene Cloning
    1.3 Studies Performed Following Cloning of the HPSE Gene
    1.3.1 Introductory Notes
    1.3.2 Key Observations Made After Cloning of the HPSE Gene
    Structural Aspects
    Gene Regulation
    Angiogenesis & Metastasis
    Animal Models Heparanase Uptake and Cellular Traffic
    Nuclear Heparanase and Its Transcriptional Activity
    Heparanase Non-Enzymatic and Signaling Function
    Heparanase Inhibitors
    Various Tumors
    Multiple Myeloma
    Tumor Microenvironment
    Inflammation and Cells of the Immune System
    Vaccination
    Diabetes, Diabetic Complications and Other Disorders
    Aterosclerosis & Thrombosis
    Viral Infection
    1.4 Concluding Remarks and Perspectives
    References
    Chapter 2: Heparanase - Discovery and Targets
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 Heparanase, Early Findings 2.3 Stereochemistry of Heparanase Target
    2.4 How Many Heparanases?
    2.5 Heparanase and Polysaccharide Metabolism
    2.6 Heparanase and the GAGosome
    References
    Chapter 3: Heparanase: Historical Aspects and Future Perspectives
    3.1 Introduction
    3.2 Historical Overview and General Properties of Heparanase
    3.3 Overview of Substrate Specificity of Heparanase
    3.4 Functions Dependent on Heparanase Enzymatic Activity
    3.4.1 HS Turnover
    3.4.2 Involvement in Cell Invasion
    3.4.3 Involvement in Release of ECM Bound Proteins 3.4.4 Involvement in Depletion of Intracellular Anti-Oxidant Stores of HS
    3.4.5 Facilitator of Spread of HS-Binding Viruses
    3.4.6 Inhibitors of Heparanase Enzymatic Activity
    3.5 Functions Independent of Heparanase Enzymatic Activity
    3.5.1 Cell Adhesion Molecule
    3.5.2 Promoter of Signal Transduction
    3.5.3 Transcription Factor
    3.6 Future Perspectives
    3.6.1 How Does Heparanase Initiate Signalling Pathways?
    3.6.2 Do Nuclear Heparanase and HS Interact?
    3.6.3 Relationship Between Heparanase-1 and Heparanase-2
    3.6.4 Drug Development: Where to Next? 3.7 Concluding Remarks
    References
    Chapter 4: Involvement of Syndecan-1 and Heparanase in Cancer and Inflammation
    4.1 Introduction
    4.1.1 The Syndecan Family of Heparan Sulfate Proteoglycans
    4.1.2 Heparanase - A Key Enzyme in ECM Remodeling
    4.2 The Heparanase-Syndecan Axis
    4.2.1 Heparanase Mediated Sdc1 Shedding
    4.2.2 Heparanase and Sdc1 in the Nucleus
    4.2.3 Effects on Exosome Formation and Function
    4.2.4 Effects on Growth Factor Signaling
    4.3 Functional Cooperation of Syndecan-1 and Heparanase in Inflammation
    4.3.1 Lessons from Mouse Models Role of Sdc1 and Heparanase in Delayed-Type Hypersensitivity
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Rahul Nanchal, Ram Subramanian, editors.
    Summary: This book focuses on the critical care of the patient with acute, acute on chronic and chronic liver failure as well as the peri-operative care of the patient with liver transplantation. Each of these disease processes is unique in pathophysiological manifestations, underpinnings of physiology and treatment options. Patients with acute, chronic or acute on chronic liver failure are a growing fraction of ICU admissions. Hepatic Critical Care serves as the essential reference for both practicing intensivists at community hospitals and tertiary referral centers. This textbook is also targeted towards trainees specifically interested in taking care of patients with liver disease and liver transplantation.

    Contents:
    Normal Hepatic Function and Physiology
    Circulatory Physiology in Liver Disease
    Respiratory Physiology in Liver Disease
    Gastrointestinal and Hepatic Physiology in Liver Disease
    Renal Physiology in Acute and Chronic Liver Disease
    Cerebrovascular Physiology in Liver Disease
    Definition, Epidemiology, Natural History and Prognostication of Liver Disease
    Brain and the Liver- Cerebral Edema, Hepatic Encephalopathy and Beyond
    Cardiovascular Alterations in Acute and Chronic Liver Failure
    Gastrointestinal Complications in Liver Disease
    Respiratory Complications in Acute and Chronic Liver Disease
    Renal Complications in Acute and Chronic Liver Disease
    Hematological Complications in Liver Disease
    Nutrition in Liver Disease
    Infectious Complications in Liver Disease
    Pharmacological Considerations in Liver Failure
    Non Transplant Surgical Considerations: Hepatic Surgery and Liver Trauma
    Anesthetic and Perioperative Considerations in the patient with liver disease (Non Transplant)
    Perioperative Considerations during Liver Transplantation
    Use of Extra-Corporeal Liver Support Therapies
    Assessing Liver Function in the Critically Ill Patient.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Jia-Horng Kao, Ding-Shinn Chen, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive, state-of-the art review of HBV infection and liver disease. It discusses new data on basic and translational medicine, including the viral life cycle, the immunopathogenesis of virus-induced chronic hepatitis, viral and host genetic factors affecting disease progression, and the mechanism of virus-induced hepatocarcinogenesis, as well as their potential applications in daily clinical practice. The clinical aspects of chronic HBV infection are examined in chapters on the global epidemiology, efficacy of HBV vaccination, natural history, co-infections with HCV, HDV or HIV, and management of special populations including children, pregnant women and patients undergoing immunosuppressive therapy. Further, it describes the advances and perspectives in the development of novel antiviral treatments as possible cures for HBV infection. The book is a valuable resource for medical students, physicians, and researchers who are interested in management of patients with chronic HBV infection and investigation HBV infection.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Jia-Horng Kao, editor.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive, state-of-the art review of HBV infection and liver disease. It discusses new data on basic and translational medicine, including the viral life cycle, the immunopathogenesis of virus-induced chronic hepatitis, viral and host genetic factors affecting disease progression, and the mechanism of virus-induced hepatocarcinogenesis, as well as their potential applications in daily clinical practice. The clinical aspects of chronic HBV infection are examined in chapters on the global epidemiology, efficacy of HBV vaccination, natural history, novel biomarkers, co-infections with HCV, HDV or HIV, and management of special populations including children, pregnant women and patients undergoing immunosuppressive therapy. Further, it describes the advances and perspectives in the development of novel antiviral treatments for possible functional cure of HBV infection. In this second edition, authors provides recent updates in epidemiology, biomarkers, antivirus therapy, and novel therapy for functional cure of chronic hepatitis B virus infection. The book is a valuable resource for medical students, physicians, and researchers who are interested in management of patients with chronic HBV infection and investigation HBV infection.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Yun-Fan Liaw, Fabien Zoulim.
    Contents:
    HBV Virology and Replication
    Experimental Models: Cell Culture and Animal Models
    Hepatitis B Virus Genotypes
    HBV Immunopathogenesis
    Carcinogenesis
    Hepatitis B Virus: Persistence and Clearance
    HDV Virology and Replication
    Translational Medicine in HBV?What Can We Learn from Clinical Samples?
    Global Epidemiology of HBV Infection
    Clinical Virology: Diagnosis and Virologic Monitoring
    Natural History of Hepatitis B Virus Infection
    Natural History of HBV Infection in the Community
    Occult HBV Infection
    The Basis for Antiviral Therapy: Drug Targets, Cross-Resistance and Novel Small Molecule Inhibitors
    IFN-Based Therapy and Management of Patients
    Nucleoside Analogue-Based Therapy and Management of Patients (Including HIV Co-infections, HBV and Pregnancy)
    Organ Transplantation in HBV Infected Patients
    Reactivation of Hepatitis B Virus Due to Cancer Chemotherapy and Other Immunosuppressive Drug Therapy
    Immunoprophylaxis of Hepatitis B Virus Infection and Its Sequelae
    Towards HBV Eradication.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Hong Tang, editor.
    Summary: This volume provides a state-of-the-art review of the key aspects of HBV. It covers our current understanding of the HBV genome and lifecycle, liver-enriched factors in the regulation of HBV transcription and translation, HBV protein structures and biological functions, and the immunology and pathogenesis of HBV. It also provides an update on cell and animal models, as well as molecular approaches. The respective chapters also cover the clinical management of hepatitis B and discuss future research directions, in particular, the identification of molecular targets for pharmacological intervention. Given its scope, the book offers a valuable resource for students, researchers, clinicians, and health practitioners in the fields of virology, infectious disease, public health etc. Dr Hong Tang is a Professor and Director of the Center of Infectious Diseases, West China Hospital of Sichuan University.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents;
    Chapter 1: Hepatitis B Virus Infection: Overview; 1 Discovery of HBV; 2 Epidemiology and Natural History of HBV Infection; 3 Biological Characteristics and Immunopathogenesis of HBV; 3.1 HBV Genome and Life Cycle; 3.2 HBV Transcription and Translation; 3.3 Immunopathogenesis of HBV; 4 Current Antiviral Drugs Against HBV and New Antiviral Drugs Under Development; 4.1 Current Antiviral Drugs Against HBV; 4.2 Optimization Treatment Strategies Based on Current Antiviral Drugs; 4.3 Advances in the Development of New Anti-HBV Drugs 4.3.1 Direct Antiviral Drugs Against the Life Cycle of HBV4.3.2 Indirect Antiviral Drugs that Modulate Host Immune Response to Control CHB; References;
    Chapter 2: HBV Genome and Life Cycle; 1 Introduction; 2 HBV Genome; 3 Viral Entry; 4 The Conversion of rcDNA to cccDNA; 5 The Expressions of Viral RNAs and Proteins; 6 Viral Capsid Assembly, Reverse Transcription, and rcDNA Formation; 7 Viral Budding; 8 Conclusion; References;
    Chapter 3: The Regulation of HBV Transcription and Replication; 1 Introduction; 2 Transcription of the HBV Genome 3 Cis-Acting Transcriptional Regulatory Sequence Elements and Trans-Acting DNA-Binding Proteins4 Role of Liver-Enriched Transcription Factors in HBV Transcription, Replication, and Tissue Tropism; 5 Redundant Functions for Nuclear Receptors in HBV Biosynthesis; 6 Regulation of HBV Biosynthesis by Transcriptional Coactivators and Corepressors; 7 Transcriptional Regulation of HBV Replication In Vivo; 8 Conclusions; References;
    Chapter 4: Immunopathogenesis of HBV Infection; 1 Introduction; 2 Viral Factors Leading to HBV Persistence; 2.1 HBV Genetic Variants 2.2 Impact of Viral Load on HBV Persistence3 Host Genetics; 4 Innate Immune Responses; 4.1 HBV Recognition by Innate Sensors; 4.2 HBV-Driven Inhibition of Innate-Signaling Pathways; 4.3 NK Cells; 4.4 Liver Macrophages; 4.5 MDSC; 4.6 NKT; 4.7 MAIT; 5 Adaptive Immune Responses; 5.1 Antigen-Presenting Cells; 5.2 CD4+ T Cells; 5.3 CD8+ T Cells; 5.4 B Cells; 6 Liver Injury in HBV Infection; 6.1 HBV-Induced ER and Mitochondrial Dysfunctions; 6.2 HBV Surface Antigen Mutations in Fulminant Hepatitis B and Occult HBV Infection 6.3 HBV RNAs Deregulate miRNA Functions Leading to Pathological Consequences6.4 HBV X Protein Interferes with the Apoptosis Signaling to Promote Viral Proliferation and HCC Progression; 7 Immune-Tolerant Phase of HBV Infection; 8 Age-Dependent Immune Response to HBV Infection; 9 Maternal Effect on HBV Persistence: Induction of Trained Immunity in Human Neonates of HBV+ Mothers; 10 Conclusions; References;
    Chapter 5: Cell Culture Models and Animal Models for HBV Study; 1 Introduction; 2 HBV Cell Culture Models; 2.1 HBV DNA Integrated Stable Cell Models; 2.2 HBV Infection Cell Models 2.3 HBV Recombinant cccDNA Transfection Cell Models
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Sanaa M. Kamal.
    Contents:
    Hepatitis C virus / Ahmed Abdel Aziz
    Epidemiology and modes of transmission of HCV in developing countries / Sanaa M. Kamal and Dahlia Ghoraba
    Public health and economic burden of Hepatitis C infection in developing countries / Tamer A. Hafez
    Social, cultural, and political factors influencing HCV in developing countries / Sara A. Abdelhakam and Mohamad A. Othman
    Hepatitis C in Egypt / Sanaa M. Kamal and Sara A. Abdelhakam
    Hepatitis C in North Africa (Arabic Maghreb region) / Mohamed A. Daw
    Hepatitis C virus in sub-saharan Africa / Osi Obadahn and Sanaa M. Kamal
    Hepatitis C virus infection in the Indian sub-continent / Shashi Shekhar
    Hepatitis C in developing countries in southeast Asia / Thi Q. Doan
    Hepatitis C and schistosomisasis coinfection / Sanaa M. Kamal
    Hepatitis C and Helminthic infections / Khalifa S. Khalifa and Othman Amin
    Hepatitis C and HIV coinfection in developing countries / Ozlem Tastan Bishop
    Hepatiis B and C coinfection / Georgios Zacharakis
    Hepatitis C infection in patients with hemogloinopathies / Sanaa M.Kamal and Ahmed M. Fouad
    Hepatitis C in patients on hemodialysis / Tamer A. Hafez
    Hepatitis C screening and diagnosis in developing countries / Huda H. Gaafar
    Hepatitis C treatment in the era of direct-acting antiviral agents / Sanaa M. Kamal.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Marina Berenguer, editor.
    Summary: Hepatitis C Virus and Liver Transplantation is designed to provide a comprehensive and state-of-the-art overview of the major issues specific to the field of liver transplantation and hepatitis C virus infection. The sections of the book have been structured to review the overall scope of issues of recurrent hepatitis C in different complex settings, including retransplantation, HIV-coinfected patients or in the setting of suboptimal graft donors. This book provides up-to-date information on the application of new therapies to the field of liver transplantation. It provides the most recent data on their efficacy, the management of side effects, as well as the potential interactions and specific problems associated with their use in the transplant setting. Finally, an appraisal of the risks and benefits of using organs from anti-HCV positive donors is presented.

    Contents:
    1. Treatment of Hepatitis C Before Liver Transplantation
    2. Donor-Recipient Matching in HCV-Infected Patients
    3. Natural History of Recurrent Hepatitis C: Impact of Immunosuppression
    4. Treatment of Hepatitis C After Liver Transplantation
    5. Hepatitis C and Liver Transplantation in the HIV Co-Infected Patients
    6. Liver Transplantation for Hepatocellular Carcinoma in HCV-Infected Patients
    7. Retransplantation for HCV-Related Liver Disease
    8. Use of Anti-HCV Positive Grafts in Liver Transplantation.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Tatsuo Miyamura, Stanley M. Lemon, Christopher M. Walker, Takaji Wakita, editors.
    Contents:
    Natural history of chronic Hepatitis C
    The multifaceted features of HCV infection beyond the liver
    Hepatic fibrosis in Hepatitis C Virus
    HCV, alcohol, and the liver
    Extrahepatic replication of HCV
    Hepatitis C virus infecction in pregnancy and childhood
    Host genetics and responses to antiviral therapy in chronic Hepatitis C
    Viral variation and response to therapy
    HCV NS3/4A protease inhibitors and the road to effective direct-acting antiviral therapies
    Mechanism of action of direct-acting antivirals: new insights into HCV life cycle
    Modeling HCV dynamics in clinical practice to personalize antiviral therapy
    Prophylactic vaccines for the Hepatitis C virus
    Global control of hepatitis C virus infection
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Kazuaki Chayama, editor.
    Summary: This book introduces readers to Direct Acting Antiviral (DAAs) agents, newly developed drugs to treat chronic hepatitis C virus infection, which have an excellent anti-viral effect on virus replication. These drugs have been developed to enhance the effect of interferon and ribavirin, as the resistant strains against each drug have been described both in vitro and in vivo and the existences of naturally occurring variants have been reported. However, since the combination of different classes of DAAs is sufficient to completely eradicate the virus without the need for interferon or ribavirin, the current treatment regimen does not include interferon. Ribavirin is used in combination with sofosbuvir, a potent polymerase inhibitor, to enhance its antiviral effects. Hepatitis C Virus Treatment offers readers a comprehensive guide to hepatitis C; describing the resistance profiles against these drugs and shedding light on the difficulties involved in DAA therapy and the direction of future treatments, it will equip doctors to understand the essentials of treating the disease. It also describes in detail new and innovative DAA treatments, the effects of the agents, and the characteristics of resistance, providing cutting-edge information not only for hepatologists, but also for researchers, clinical residents, and medical students.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital/Print
    Youchun Wang, editor.
    Contents:
    Hepatitis E virus / Youchun Wang, Chenyan Zhao, Ying Qi, Yansheng Geng-- Characteristics and functions of HEV proteins / Yan Zhou, Chenyan Zhao, Yabin Tian, Nan Xu [and others]
    Epidemiology of hepatitis E / Yansheng Geng, Youchun Wang
    Hepatitis E as a zoonosis / Frederik Widén,-- Genetic evolution of hepatitis E virus / Yulin Zhangcandidate, Wanyun Gong, Hang Zeng, Ling Wang-- Transmission of hepatitis E virus / Yansheng Geng, Youchun Wang
    Immunobiology and host response to HEV / Yihua Zhou
    HEV cell culture / Feng Zhang, Youchun Wang
    Animal Models for Hepatitis E Virus / Lin Wangcandidate, Ling Wang-- Clinical Manifestations of Hepatitis E / Shaojie Xin, Long Xiao
    Laboratory diagnosis of HEV infection / Chenyan Zhao, Youchun Wang
    Treatment of hepatitis E / Wei Hui, Linlin Wei, Zhuo Li, Xinhui Guo
    Prophylactic hepatitis E vaccine / Jun Zhang., Qinjian Zhao, Ningshao Xia.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Cataldo Doria, Jason N. Rogart, editors.
    Summary: Hepato-Pancreato-Biliary cancers are increasing in incidence, with pancreatic cancer now accounting for the third most cancer deaths in the United States. Typically these malignancies, as a group, are managed by the same key providers comprising a multidisciplinary team. This book is intended to provide a comprehensive review of the current knowledge in the field of hepato-pancreato-biliary malignancies, focusing on the practical and clinical care of patients. We take the approach of combining the collective expertise of an interventional gastroenterologist and a hepato-pancreato-biliary surgeon to provide the readers with accurate, succinct, and pragmatic information needed to formulate the most appropriate treatment plan for their patients with the aim of the best possible outcome. Managing patients with these cancers continues to be challenging because of continued dismal survival rates. Each section in this text is written by experts in their respective field, summarizing the most state-of-the-art, contemporary diagnostic and therapeutic tools available in the field. We believe this book will prove to be an invaluable, comprehensive resource for all members of the multidisciplinary team caring for patients with hepato-pancreato-biliary malignancies.

    Contents:
    Approach to the patient with a solid liver mass
    Pathogenesis, Epidemiology and Prognosis of Hepatocellular carcinoma (HCC)
    HCC Pathology
    Diagnosis and Evaluation of HCC
    Liver-directed therapy (IR) for HCC
    Medical Management of HCC
    Surgical Management of HCC
    Treatment of liver metastasis from colorectal cancer
    Treatment of isolated liver metastasis from non-colorectal cancer
    Pathogenesis, Epidemiology and Prognosis of Uncommon Liver Tumors
    Diagnosis and Management of Uncommon Liver Tumors
    Reducing the Risk of and Screening for Liver Cancer
    Pathogenesis, Epidemiology and Prognosis of Cholangiocarcinoma
    Pathology of Cholangiocarcinoma
    Diagnosis and Evaluation of Cholangiocarcinoma
    Nonsurgical Management of Cholangiocarcinoma
    Surgical Management of Cholangiocarcinoma
    How do I approach Klatskin’s tumor
    Endoscopic Palliative Management of Cholangiocarcinoma
    Rare Tumors of the Bile Ducts: Pathogenesis, Epidemiology, Diagnosis, and Management
    Pathogenesis, Epidemiology and Prognosis of Gallbladder Cancer
    Diagnosis and Evaluation of Gallbladder Cancer
    Pathology of Gallbladder Cancer
    Nonsurgical Management of Gallbladder Cancer
    Surgical Management of Gallbladder Cancer
    Approach to the Patient with a Pancreatic Mass
    Evaluation and Management of the Patient with a Pancreatic Cyst
    Pathogenesis, Epidemiology and Prognosis of Pancreatic Adenocarcinoma
    Diagnosis and Evaluation of Pancreatic Adenocarcinoma
    Pathology of Pancreatic Adenocarcinoma
    Nonsurgical management of Pancreatic Adenocarcinoma,- Surgical management of Pancreatic Adenocarcinoma
    Intra-operative radiation treatment
    Endoscopic Palliative Management of Pancreatic Adenocarcinoma
    Reducing the Risk of and Screening for Pancreatic Cancer
    Pathogenesis, Epidemiology and Prognosis of Pancreatic Neuroendocrine Tumors
    Pathology of Pancreatic Neuroendocrine Tumors
    Diagnosis and Evaluation of Pancreatic Neuroendocrine Tumors
    Nonsurgical management of Pancreatic Neuroendocrine Tumors
    Surgical Management of Pancreatic Neuroendocrine Tumors
    Emerging endoscopic therapies for Pancreatic Neuroendocrine Tumors
    Pathogenesis and Pathology of Rare Pancreatic Neoplasms
    Diagnosis and Management of Rare Pancreatic Neoplasms
    Molecular and Genetic Profiling for Diagnosis and Therapy of Hepatobiliary and Pancreatic Malignancies
    The Role of Robotic Surgery in Treating Hepatobiliary and Pancreatic Malignancies
    The Importance of the Multidisciplinary Approach to Managing Hepatobiliary and Pancreatic Malignancies
    The Role of the Palliative Care Team in the Management of Hepatobiliary and Pancreatic Malignancies
    The Role of Alternative Medicine in the Management of Hepatobiliary and Pancreatic Malignancies
    Integrative Medicine and Hepatobiliary and Pancreatic Cancer: What to Expect
    Is Personalized Medicine Truly Making a Difference for Patients Diagnosed with Cancers of the Liver, Biliary Tract, and Pancreas.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Daniele Regge, Giulia Zamboni, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Rowan W. Parks.
    Summary: "Hepatobiliary and Pancreatic Surgery meets the needs of surgeons in higher training and practising consultants for a contemporary and evidence-based account of this sub-specialty that is relevant to their general surgical practice. It is a practical reference source incorporating the most current information on recent developments, management issues and operative procedures. The text is thoroughly referenced and supported by evidence-based recommendations wherever possible, distinguishing between strong evidence to support a conclusion, and evidence suggesting that a recommendation can be reached on the balance of probabilities"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Liver function and failure
    Hepatic, biliary and pancreatic anatomy
    Staging and assessment of hepatobiliary malignancies
    Benign liver lesions
    Primary malignant tumours of the liver
    Colorectal liver metastases
    Non-colorectal hepatic metastases
    Portal hypertension and liver transplantation
    Pancreas and Islet transplantation
    Spleen
    Gallstones
    Benign biliary tract diseases
    Malignant lesions of the biliary tract
    Complicated Acute Pancreatitis
    Chronic pancreatitis
    Pancreatic adenocarcinoma
    Cystic and neuroendocrine tumours of the pancreas
    Hepatobiliary and pancreatic trauma
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Keith D. Lillemoe, William R. Jarnagin.
    Contents:
    I: Pancrease and biliary tract
    II: Liver.
    Digital Access Ovid 2020
  • Print
    editors: J. Charles Jennette, Vivette D. D'Agati ; associate editors: Agnes B. Fogo, Volker Nickeleit, M. Barry Stokes
    Summary: "Heptinstall's Pathology of the Kidney (HPK) eighth edition has undergone more extensive updating compared to any prior edition to showcase recent astounding advances in all aspects of kidney disease. This comprehensive text maintains the excellence established by Robert H. Heptinstall, who edited and to a considerable degree authored the first four editions of this classic text first published in 1966. Since the publication of the seventh edition in 2015, there have been extraordinary advances in the understanding of the cellular, molecular, and genetic basis for kidney diseases; in the knowledge of pathologic and clinical manifestations of kidney diseases; and in the utilization of pathologic findings for directing new and more precise treatment of kidney diseases. This eighth edition has been thoroughly updated to include in-depth reviews of important new advances that ave clarified understanding, redirected research on mechanisms, made diagnosis of pathologic lesion more precise, and improved the treatment and prevention of kidney diseases"-- Provided by publisher

    Contents:
    Kidney pathology history and kidney biopsy methods / J. Charles Jennette, Vivette D. D'Agati, Agnes B. Fogo, Volker Nickeleit, and M. Barry Stokes
    Primer on the pathologic classification and diagnosis of kidney disease / J. Charles Jennette, Vivette D. D'Agati, Agnes B. Fogo, and Volker Nickeleit, M. Barry Stokes
    Kidney anatomy and histology / William L. Clapp
    Kidney development / Filipa M. Lopes & Adrian S. Woolf
    Patterns of injury, terminology and classification of kidney congenital anomalies and cystic diseases / Helen Liapis & J. Charles Jennette
    Congenital anomalies including dysplasia / Helen Liapis, Sanjay Jain & Bharathi V. Reddy
    Cystic kidney disease / Helen Liapis & Bharathi V. Reddy
    Patterns of injury, terminology and classification of glomerular diseases associated with proteinuria and nephrotic syndrome / Vivette D. D'Agati & J. Charles Jennette
    Minimal change disease / M. Barry Stokes
    Focal segmental glomerulosclerosis / Vivette D. D'Agati & M. Barry Stokes
    Membranous nephropathy / Glen S. Markowitz, Sanjeev Sethi & Vivette D. D'Agati
    Amyloidosis / Maria M. Picken & Guillermo A. Herrera
    Monoclonal immunoglobulin-related glomerular disease / Sanjeev Sethi, Fernando C. Fervenza & Samih H. Nasr
    Immunotactoid glomerulopathy / Samih H. Nasr, Fernando C. Fervenza & Sanjeev Sethi
    Diabetic kidney disease / Behzad Najafian & Charles E. Alpers
    Idiopathic nodular glomerulosclerosis / M. Barry Stokes & Vivette D. D'Agati
    Metabolic and storage disease glomerulopathies / Laura S. Finn
    Fibronectin glomerulopathy / Megan Troxell & Neeraja Kambham
    Collagenofibrotic glomerulopathy and nail patella syndrome / Laura S. Finn & Agnes B. Fogo
    Patterns of injury, terminology and classification of glomerular diseases associated with hematuria and nephritic syndrome / J. Charles Jennette & Vivette D. D'Agati
    IgA nephropathy and IgA vasculitis (Henoch-Schönlein purpura) nephritis / Mark Haas
    Lupus nephritis and related autoimmune diseases / Vivette D. D'Agati & M. Barry Stokes
    Fibrillary glomerulonephritis / Kelly D. Smith
    Cryoglobulinemic glomerulonephritis / Ian W. Gibson & Volker Nickeleit
    Acute postinfectious glomerulonephritis and infection-associated glomerulonephritis / Anjali A. Satoskar & Tibor Nadasdy
    C3 glomerulopathy / H. Terence Cook & Matthew C. Pickering
    Anti-glomerular basement membrane disease / J. Charles Jennette & Ingeborg M. Bajema
    Anti-neutrophil cytoplasmic autoantibody disease / J. Charles Jennette & Ingeborg M. Bajema
    Alport syndrome/type IV collagen nephropathies / Agnes B. Fogo
    Patterns of injury, terminology and classification of kidney vasculopathies / M. Barry Stokes & J. Charles Jennette
    Kidney disease related to hypertension and age / Agnes B. Fogo
    Fibromuscular dysplasia / Surya V. Seshan & J. Charles Jennette
    Thrombotic microangiopathies / Kerstin Amann & Agnes B. Fogo
    Preeclampsia and other pregnancy associated kidney disease / Agnes B. Fogo
    Disseminated intravascular coagulation / Kerstin Amann & Agnes B. Fogo
    Atherosclerosis and embolic kidney disease / Hans-Joachim Anders & Agnes B. Fogo
    Polyarteritis nodosa, Kawasaki disease, Takayasu arteritis, and giant cell arteritis / Surya V. Seshan & J. Charles Jennette
    Patterns of injury, terminology and classification of tubulointerstitial disease / Agnes B. Fogo & J. Charles Jennette
    Infection-related tubulointerstitial nephritis / Megan Troxell & Neeraja Kambham
    Noninfectious tubulointerstitial nephritis / Cynthia C. Nast & Agnes B. Fogo
    IgG4-related disease / Lynn D. Cornell
    Chronic interstitial nephritis in agricultural communities (mesoamerican nephropathy, CKDu) and aristolochic acid nephropathy (Balkan endemic nephropathy) / Cynthia C. Nast & Marc E. De Broe
    Nephronophthisis, medullary cystic disease, and other genetic tubular disease / Laura S. Finn
    Ischemic and septic acute tubular injury and cortical necrosis / Joseph P. Gaut
    Nephrotoxic acute tubular injury / Gilbert W. Moeckel
    Light chain tubulopathies / M. Barry Stokes
    Light chain (myeloma) cast nephropathy and mimics / Virginie Royal & Guillermo A. Herrera
    Myoglobin, hemoglobin, and bile cast nephropathies, and anti-coagulant nephropathy / Joseph P. Gaut, Sergey V. Brodsky & Tibor Nadasdy
    Nephrolithiasis and crystallopathies / Laura S. Finn & Hans-Joachim Anders
    Obstructive and reflux nephropathy / Lois J. Arend
    Patterns of injury, terminology and classification of kidney transplant disease / Volker Nickeleit & J. Charles Jennette
    Kidney allograft biopsy : overview / Volker Nickeleit
    Donor kidney biopsies / Harsharan K. Singh & Volker Nickeleit
    Kidney transplant rejection / Volker Nickeleit, Robert B. Colvin & Peter Nickerson
    Kidney transplant ischemic injury / Parmjeet Randhawa
    Kidney transplant : drug toxicity / Volker Nickeleit & Parmjeet Randhawa
    Kidney transplant infection / Harsharan K. Singh & Volker Nickeleit
    Recurrent and de novo disease / Parmjeet Randhawa & Volker Nickeleit
    Posttransplant lymphoproliferative disorder / Parmjeet Randhawa & Volker Nickeleit
    Kidney transplant : surgical and vascular complications / Parmjeet Randhawa & Volker Nickeleit
    Patterns of injury, terminology and classification of kidney neoplasms / John N. Eble, Liang Cheng & J. Charles Jennette
    Kidney neoplasms in children / John N. Eble & Liang Cheng
    Kidney neoplasms in adults / John N. Eble & Liang Cheng
  • Digital
    D'Agati, Vivette D.; Heptinstall, Robert H.; Jennette, J. Charles; Olson, Jean L.; Silva, Fred G.
    Contents:
    Renal anatomy and histology / Stephen M. Bonsib
    Development of the kidney / Adrian S. Woolf and Dagan Jenkins
    Primer on the pathologic classification and diagnosis of renal disease / J. Charles Jennette, Fred G. Silva, Jean L. Olson, and Vivette D. Dagati
    Cystic diseases and developmental kidney defects / Helen Liapis and Paul Winyard
    The nephrotic syndrome and minimal change disease / Jean L. Olson
    Focal segmental glomerulosclerosis and childhood nephrotic syndrome / Vivette D. DAgati and M. Barry Stokes
    Membranous glomerulonephritis / Glen S. Markowitz and Vivette D. DAgati
    Membranoproliferative glomerulonephritis / Xin J. Zhou and Fred G. Silva
    C3 glomerulopathies, including dense deposit disease / H. Terence Cook and Matthew C. Pickering
    Acute postinfectious glomerulonephritis and glomerulonephritis caused by persistent bacterial infection / Anjali A. Satoskar, Tibor Nadasdy, and Fred G. Silva
    Renal injury associated with human immunodeficiency virus infection and therapy / Arthur H. Cohen and Cynthia C. Nast
    Iga nephropathy and iga vasculitis (henoch-schonlein purpura) nephritis / Mark Haas
    Alports syndrome, familial benign hematuria, nail-patella syndrome, type iii collagen glomerulopathy, and piersons syndrome / Marie-Claire Gubler, Laurence Heidet, and Corinne Antignac
    Renal disease in systemic lupus erythematosus, mixed connective tissue disease, sjögren's syndrome, and rheumatoid arthritis / Vivette D. D'Agati and M. Barry Stokes
    Anti-glomerular basement membrane glomerulonephritis and goodpasture's syndrome / J. Charles Jennette and Volker Nickeleit
    Pauci-immune and antineutrophil cytoplasmic autoantibodymediated crescentic glomerulonephritis and vasculitis / J. Charles Jennette and David B. Thomas
    Volume 2
    Renal involvement in polyarteritis nodosa, kawasaki disease, takayasu arteritis, and giant cell arteritis / J. Charles Jennette and Harsharan K. Singh
    Thrombotic microangiopathies / Zoltan G. Laszik, Neeraja Kambham, and Fred G. Silva
    Renal disease in pregnancy / Agnes B. Fogo
    Renal disease caused by hypertension / Jean L. Olson
    Diabetic nephropathy / Jean L. Olson and Zoltan G. Laszik
    Renal diseases associated with plasma cell dyscrasias, amyloidoses, and waldenström's macroglobulinemia / Guillermo A. Herrera and Maria M. Picken
    Glomerular diseases with organized deposits / Samy S. Iskandar and Guillermo A. Herrera
    Pyelonephritis, reflux nephropathy, hydronephrosis, and nephrolithiasis / Helen Liapis, Joseph P. Gaut, John E. Tomaszewski, and Lois Arend
    Acute and chronic tubulointerstitial nephritis / Sergey V. Brodsky and Tibor Nadasdy
    Ischemic and toxic acute tubular injury and other ischemic renal injury / Gilbert Moeckel, Michael Kashgarian, and Lorraine V. Racusen
    Renal disease caused by inborn errors of metabolism, storage diseases, and hemoglobinopathies / Laura S. Finn
    Renal changes with aging and end-stage renal disease / Xin J. Zhou, Andrew Fenves, Nosratola D. Vaziri, and Ramesh Saxena
    Renal transplant pathology / Volker Nickeleit, Michael Mengel, and Robert B. Colvin
    Renal neoplasms / John N. Eble and David J. Grignon.
    Digital Access Ovid 2015
  • Digital
    Saikat Sen, Raja Chakraborty, editors.
    Summary: This book highlights the medical importance of and increasing global interest in herbal medicines, herbal health products, herbal pharmaceuticals, nutraceuticals, food supplements, herbal cosmetics, etc. It also addresses various issues that are hampering the advancement of Indian herbal medicine around the globe; these include quality concerns and quality control, pharmacovigilance, scientific investigation and validation, IPR and biopiracy, and the challenge that various indigenous systems of medicine are at risk of being lost. The book also explores the role of traditional medicine in providing new functional leads and modern approaches that can offer elegant strategies for facilitating the drug discovery process. The book also provides in-depth information on various traditional medicinal systems in India and discusses their medical importance. India has a very long history of safely using many herbal drugs. Folk medicine is also a key source of medical knowledge and plays a vital role in maintaining health in rural and remote areas. Despite its importance, this form of medicine largely remains under-investigated. Out of all the traditional medicinal systems used worldwide, Indian traditional medicine holds a unique position, as it has continued to deliver healthcare throughout the Asian subcontinent since ancient times. In addition, traditional medicine has been used to derive advanced techniques and investigate many modern drugs. Given the scope of its coverage, the book offers a valuable resource for scientists and researchers exploring traditional and herbal medicine, as well as graduate students in courses on traditional medicine, herbal medicine and pharmacy.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Bhupendra Koul.
    Summary: This book provides detailed information on the various types of cancer, etiology, effects, and challenges associated with current cancer treatment regimes. The present edition has been written to reflect recent developments, success rates and lacunae in herbal and modern cancer therapies. It also describes the use of several herbal formulations to boost patients' immunity, in order to prevent or help them cope with several cancers. The book highlights several herbs/shrubs/trees that have been reported to possess anti-cancer properties, paving the way for in-depth research into the dose standardization and efficacy of plant-based bioactive molecules. It also focuses on the sustainable conservation of medicinal flora, so that, in future, novel biomolecules be extracted and made available for the treatment of various cancers. Given its highly relevant content, the book will benefit the entire cancer research community (students, scientists, pharmacists, herbalists and lecturers) at universities, research institutions and industry in the areas of oncology, herbal cancer therapy, biotechnology, drug discovery, pharmaceuticals, agriculture, and various disciplines of the biomedical sciences.

    Contents:
    Module 1. Foreword
    Module 2. Preface
    Module 3. Abbreviations
    Module 4. General introduction
    Module 5. Types of cancers
    Module 6. Cancer treatment and their side effects
    Module 7. Molecular basis of cancer
    Module 8. Ayurvedic concepts of cancer
    Module 9. Plants with anti-cancer potential
    Module 10. Psychological therapy in cancer treatment.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Print
    R. Eric Thomas.
    Summary: "R. Eric Thomas didn't know he was different until the world told him so. Everywhere he went--whether it was his rich, mostly white, suburban high school, his conservative black church, or his Ivy League college in a big city--he found himself on the outside looking in. In essays by turns hysterical and heartfelt, Eric redefines what it means to be an "other" through the lens of his own life experience. He explores the two worlds of his childhood: the barren urban landscape where his parents' house was an anomalous bright spot, and the verdant school they sent him to in white suburbia. He writes about struggling to reconcile his Christian identity with his sexuality, about the exhaustion of code-switching in college, accidentally getting famous on the internet (for the wrong reason), and the surreal experience of covering the 2016 election as well as the seismic change that came thereafter. Ultimately, Eric seeks the answer to the ever more relevant question: Is the future worth it? Why do we bother when everything seems to be getting worse? As the world continues to shift in unpredictable ways, Eric finds the answers to these questions by re-envisioning what "normal" means, and in the powerful alchemy that occurs when you at last place yourself at the center of your own story"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Introduction: The Monster at the End of This Book
    The Audacity
    There's Never Any Trouble Here in Bubbleland
    Molly, Urine Danger Girl
    She's Got Herself a Universe
    Historically Black
    Disorientation
    Someone Is Wrong on the Internet
    Unsuccessful Black Hair
    Flames, at the Side of My Face
    Ball So Soft
    Fate Bursting through the Wall
    Krampromise
    Comforters
    The Preacher's Husband
    Dinner Guests
    Eggquity
    The Past Smelled Terrible
    Unsubscribe from All That
    Here for It, or How to Save Your Soul in America
    Epilogue: The End Is Coming Running about Fifteen Minutes Late.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    PS3620.H6375 H44 2020
    1
  • Digital
    Seigo Nakamura, Daisuke Aoki, Yoshio Miki, editors.
    Summary: This highly informative and clearly written book presents the basic science and the latest data on hereditary breast and ovarian cancer (HBOC) to provide an up-to-date and holistic overview of the disease. It starts off by presenting the molecular mechanisms, genetic testing and counseling, and variants of unknown significance (VUS) to help readers understand the contemporary interpretation of the disease. Further chapters focus on the surveillance, diagnosis and treatment, including chemoprevention, risk reduction and drug development based on molecular mechanisms. It also includes a chapter on the latest findings from the HBOC database, ethical issues and the parp inhibitors, and discusses innovative thinking to manage and understand the disease. Hereditary Breast and Ovarian Cancer - Molecular Mechanism and Clinical Practice offers breast surgeons, medical oncologists, gynecological oncologists and genetic counselors a comprehensive overview of the disease. Providing insights into recent scientific findings and further avenues for investigation, it is also a thought-provoking and informative read for researchers and scholars.

    Contents:
    1 History, Advancements, and Future Strategies
    2 Molecular basis of BRCA1 and BRCA2 - Homologous recombination deficiency and tissue-specific carcinogenesis
    3 Genetic Testing
    4 Variants of uncertain significances in hereditary breast and ovarian cancer
    5 Genetic counseling in Hereditary Breast and Ovarian Cancer
    6 Hereditary Breast Cancer
    7 Hereditary Ovarian Cancer
    8 Risk-Based Breast Cancer Screening
    9 Chemoprevention for Breast Cancer
    10 Chemoprevention for Ovarian Cancer
    11 Risk-Reducing Mastectomy (RRM)
    12 Risk-reducing salpingo-oophorectomy (RRSO)
    13 Panel Testing
    14 Germline Findings through Precision Oncology for Ovarian Cancer
    15 Germline Findings from Genetic Testing for Breast Cancer
    16 Hereditary Breast and Ovarian Cancer (HBOC) Database
    17 Ethical Issues: Overview in Genomic analysis and Clinical Context
    18 PARP Inhibitors-Mechanism of action
    19 PARPi - Efficacy in Hereditary Breast Cancer
    20 Efficacy of Poly ADP-Ribose Polymerase Inhibitors for Hereditary Ovarian Cancer.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Gemmy Cheung, editor.
    Summary: This volume of the retina atlas focuses on hereditary chorioretinal disorders. The topics covered include retinitis pigmentosa, Best disease, congenital X-linked retinoschisis, cone dystrophy, Stargardt's disease, pattern dystrophy, North Carolina macular dystrophy, choroideremia, Mallattia Leventinese, Bietti's crystalline dystrophy, and albinism. All clinical features are clearly illustrated with multimodal imaging techniques. The utility of some of the latest imaging tools such as OCT angiography, adaptive optics-scanning laser ophthalmoscopy, and microperimetery is discussed. Readers will gain valuable new insights into pathogenesis at the molecular level, which have been facilitated by recent genetic discoveries. The use of genetic testing and the latest advances in and challenges of gene therapy and cell-based therapy are also covered in detail. Hereditary Chorioretinal Disorders atlas is one of nine volumes in the series Retina Atlas. The series provides validated and comprehensive information on vitreoretinal diseases, covering imaging basics, retinal vascular diseases, macular disorders, ocular inflammatory and infectious disorders, retinal degeneration, the surgical retina, ocular oncology, pediatric retina and trauma.

    Contents:
    Retinits pigmentosa and allied disorders
    Best's disease
    Congenital X-linked retinoschisis
    Progressive cone dystrophy and cone-rod dystrophy
    Pattern dystrophy of the retinal pigment epithelium
    Stargardt's disease and fundus flavimaculatus
    North Carolina macular dystrophy
    Choroideremia
    Malattia Leventinese or Doyne honeycomb retinal dystrophy
    Bietti's crystalline dystrophy
    Albinism.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Laura Valle, Stephen B. Gruber, Gabriel Capellá, editors.
    Summary: This book provides information on a wide variety of issues ranging from genetics to clinical description of the syndromes, genetic testing and counseling, and clinical management including surveillance, surgical and prophylactic interventions, and chemoprevention. Moreover, current hot issues, such as the identification of novel causal genes and the challenges we face, and the relevance of cancer risk modifiers, both genetic and environmental, are also discussed. This reference book is great for geneticists, oncologists, genetic counselors, researchers, clinicians, surgeons and nurses dedicated to, or interested in, hereditary cancer. The best and most recognized experts in the field have contributed to this project, guaranteeing updated information, accuracy and the discussion of topical issues.

    Contents:
    Part1 : GENETIC CAUSES AND ASSOCIATED PHENOTYPES- Lynch syndrome
    The molecular basis of Lynch-like syndrome
    Constitutional mismatch repair deficiency
    Mismatch repair proficient hereditary non-polyposis colorectal cancer
    Genetic and environmental modifiers of risk in Lynch syndrome
    ADENOMATOUS POLYPOSIS SYNDROMES- Introduction
    Familial adenomatous polyposis
    Polymerase proofreading-associated polyposis
    MUTYH-associated polyposis
    NTHL1-associated polyposis
    Germline biallelic inactivation of MMR genes (with polyposis phenotype)
    Unexplained adenomatous polyposis
    HAMARTOMATOUS POLYPOSIS SYNDROMES- Peutz-Jeghers syndrome
    Juvenile polyposis syndrome
    PTEN-hamartoma tumor syndromes
    Other hamartomatous polyposis conditions
    HEREDITARY MIXED POLYPOSIS SYNDROME
    SERRATED POLYPOSIS SYNDROME
    Part2: GENETIC DIAGNOSTICS and CLINICAL MANAGEMENT
    Genetic testing in hereditary colorectal cancer
    Universal tumor screening for Lynch syndrome
    Classification of genetic variants. Prediction models for Lynch syndrome
    Surveillance guidelines for hereditary colorectal cancer syndromes
    Surgical management of hereditary colorectal cancer syndromes
    Chemoprevention in hereditary colorectal cancer syndromes
    Immunotherapy in hereditary colorectal cancer
    The Immune Biology of Microsatellite Unstable cancer
    Hereditary colorectal cancer: Immunotherapy approaches
    Medical oncology management of hereditary colorectal cancer. Part3: REGISTRIES and DATABASES
    Databases: intentions, capabilities and limitations
    The Colon Cancer Family Registry Cohort
    The Prospective Lynch Syndrome Database
    The InSiGHT Database: An example LOVD system
    The International Mismatch Repair Consortium.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Robert M. Tanguay, editor.
    Summary: "Hereditary tyrosinemia type 1 (HT1), the most severe inborn error of the tyrosine degradation pathway, is due to a deficiency in fumarylacetoacetate hydrolase (FAH). The worldwide frequency of HT1 is one per 100,000 births, but some regions have a significantly higher incidence (1:1,800). The FAH defect results in the accumulation of toxic metabolites, mainly in the liver. If left untreated, HT1 is usually fatal before the age of two. HT1 patients develop several chronic complications including cirrhosis with a high risk of hepatocellular carcinoma (HCC) and neuropsychological impairment. Treatment comprises an inhibitor of the pathway, Nitisinone, a strict dietary treatment or liver transplantation. Early treatment is important to avoid HCC. The book includes the latest developments on the molecular basis of HT1, its pathology, screening and diagnosis and management of the disease written by leading scientists, geneticists, hepatologists and clinicians in the field"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Hereditary tyrosinemia type I. Discovery of hereditary tyrosinemia in Saguenay- Lac St-Jean / Jean Larochelle
    Biochemical and clinical aspects of hereditary tyrosinemia type 1 / Geneviève Morrow, Robert M. Tanguay
    Molecular basis of HT1. Molecular aspects of the FAH mutations involved in HT1 disease / Geneviève Morrow, Francesca Angileri, Robert M. Tanguay
    Molecular pathogenesis of liver injury in hereditary tyrosinemia 1 / Robert M. Tanguay, Francesca Angileri, Arndt Vogel
    Pathology. Tyrosinemia and liver transplantation: experience at CHU Sainte-Justine / Fernando Alvarez, Grant A. Mitchell
    The liver in tyrosinemia type I: clinical management and course in Quebec / Ugur Halac, Josée Dubois, Grant A. Mitchell
    Liver transplantation for hereditary tyrosinaemia type 1 in the United Kingdom / Patrick McKiernan
    NTBC and correction of renal dysfunction / Arianna Maiorana, Carlo Dionisi-Vici
    Liver cancer in tyrosinemia type 1 / Willem G. van Ginkel, Jan P. Pennings, Francjan J. van Spronsen
    Neurological and neuropsychological problems in tyrosinemia type I patients / Willem G. van Ginkel, Rianne Jahja, Stephan C.J. Huijbregts, Francjan J. van Spronsen
    Screening. Diagnosing hepatorenal tyrosinaemia in Europe: newborn mass screening versus selective screening / Anibh M. Das, Sebene Mayorandan, Nils Janzen
    Tyrosinemia type I in Japan: a report of five cases / Kimitoshi Nakamura, Michinori Ito, Yosuke Shigematsu, Fumio Endo
    Newborn screening for hereditary tyrosinemia type I in Québec: update / Yves Giguère, Marie-Thérèse Berthier
    Hepatorenal tyrosinemia in Mexico: a call to action / Isabel Ibarra-González, Cecilia Ridaura-Sanz, Cynthia Fernández-Lainez [and others]
    Hereditary tyrosinemia type 1 in Turkey / Ayse Cigdem Aktuglu-Zeybek, Ertugrul Kiykim, M. Serif Cansever
    Management and future. From weed killer to wonder drug / Edward A. Lock
    The Québec NTBC study / Fernando Alvarez, Suzanne Atkinson, Manon Bouchard, Catherine Brunel-Guitton [and others]
    Dietary considerations in tyrosinemia type I / Francjan J. van Spronsen, Margreet van Rijn, Uta Meyer, Anibh M. Das
    Remaining challenges in the treatment of tyrosinemia from the clinician's viewpoint / Grant A. Mitchell, Hao Yang
    Fah knockout animals as models for therapeutic liver repopulation / Markus Grompe
    Gene therapy in tyrosinemia: potential and pitfalls / Sophie Carter, Yannick Doyon.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Volker Schumpelick, Georg Arlt, Joachim Conze, Karsten Junge ; translator, Geraldine O'Sullivan ; illustrator, Gisela Tambour, Andrea Schnitzler.
    Contents:
    I: Introduction
    II: Adult inguinal hernia
    III: Special hernias
    IV: Incision hernias
    V: Complications
    VI: Miscellaneous.
    Digital Access Thieme-Connect 2019
  • Digital
    Yuri W. Novitsky, editor.
    Contents:
    Clinical Anatomy and Physiology of the Abdominal Wall
    Classification of Hernias
    Preoperative Imaging in Hernia Surgery
    Preoperative Preparation of the Patient Undergoing Incisional Hernia Repair: Optimizing Chances for Success
    Wound Closure and Postoperative Hernia Prevention Strategies
    Synthetic Mesh: Making Educated Choices
    Biologic Mesh: Classification and Evidenced-Based Critical Appraisal
    Biodegradable Meshes in Abdominal Wall Surgery
    Abdominal Wall Spaces for Mesh Placement: Onlay, Sublay, Underlay
    Reconstructive Options for Small Abdominal Wall Defects
    Onlay Ventral Hernia Repair
    Rives-Stoppa Retromuscular Repair
    Posterior Component Separation via Transversus Abdominis Muscle Release: The TAR Procedure
    Open Anterior Component Separation
    Endoscopic Anterior Component Separation
    Open Anterior Component Separation With Perforator Preservation
    Open Parastomal Hernia Repair
    Open Flank Hernia Repair
    Umbilical Hernia Repair: The Spectrum of Management Options
    Managing Complications of Open Hernia Repair
    Laparoscopic Ventral Hernia Repair
    Laparoscopic Ventral Hernia Repair with Defect Closure
    Laparoscopic Parastomal Hernia Repair
    Laparoscopic Subxiphoid and Suprapubic Hernia Repair
    Laparascopic Repair of Flank Hernias
    Robotic Ventral Hernia Repair
    Evidence-Based Optimal Fixation During Laparoscopic Hernia Repair: Sutures, Tacks, Glues
    Panniculectomy: Tips and Tricks to Maximize Outcomes
    Tissue Expansion During Abdominal Wall Reconstructions
    Flap Reconstruction of the Abdominal Wall
    Diagnosis and Management of Diastasis Recti
    Negative Pressure Wound Therapy
    Adjuncts to Wound Healing For Abdominal Wall Wounds
    Loss of Abdominal Domain: Definition and Treatment Strategies
    Enterotomy During Hernia Repair: Prevention and Management
    Abdominal Wall Surgery In The Setting of An Enterocutaneous Fistula: Combined Versus Staged Definitive Repair
    Management of Infected Mesh in Ventral Hernias
    Management of Ventral Hernia in the Morbidly Obese Patient
    Emergent Surgical Management of Ventral Hernias
    Temporary Abdominal Closure
    Chemical Component Separation Using Botulinum Toxin
    Groin Hernia Repair: Open Techniques
    Laparoscopic TAPP Inguinal Hernia Repair
    Laparoscopic Total Extra-Peritoneal Inguinal Hernia Repair
    The Extended-View Totally Extraperitoneal (eTEP) Technique for Inguinal Hernia Repair
    Inguinal Hernias: An Algorithmic Approach to Procedure Selection
    Evaluation and Treatment Of Postoperative Groin Pain
    Treating Inguinal Recurrences
    Non-Operative Treatment of Sports Hernia
    The Surgical Approach to Sports Hernia.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Russell J. Diefenbach, Cornel Fraefel.
    Contents:
    HSV-1 biology and life cycle / Roger D. Everett
    Herpes simplex virus growth, preparation, and assay / Peggy Marconi and Roberto Manservigi
    Isolation of herpes simplex virus nucleocapsid DNA / Moriah Szpara
    Construction and characterization of bacterial artificial chromosomes (BACs) containing herpes simplex virus full-length genomes / Claus-Henning Nagel, Anja Pohlmann, and Beate Sodeik
    Engineering HSV-1 vectors for gene therapy / William F. Goins [and three others]
    Herpes simplex virus type 1 (HSV-1)-derived amplicon vectors / Matias E. Melendez, Cornel Fraefel, and Alberto L. Epstein
    HSV-1 amplicon vectors as genetic vaccines / Andrea S. Laimbacher and Cornel Fraefel
    Modification of HSV-1 to an oncolytic virus / Hiroshi Nakashima and E. Antonio Chiocca
    Herpes simplex virus mutant generation and dual-detection methods for gaining insight into latent/lytic cycles in vivo / Nancy M. Sawtell and Richard L. Thompson
    Phenotypic and genotypic testing of HSV-1 resistance to antivirals / Andreas Sauerbrei and Kathrin Bohn
    Using homogeneous primary neuron cultures to study fundamental aspects of HSV-1 latency and reactivation / Ju Youn Kim [and four others]
    Characterization of extracellular HSV-1 virions by proteomics / Roger Lippé
    Precipitation-based assay to analyze interactions of viral particles with cytosolic host factors / Kerstin Radtke, Fenja Anderson, and Beate Sodeik
    Affinity purification combined with mass spectrometry to identify herpes simplex virus protein-protein interactions / David G. Meckes Jr.
    Preparation of herpes simplex virus-infected primary neurons for transmission electron microscopy / Monica Miranda-Saksena, Ross Boadle, and Anthony L. Cunningham
    Multifluorescence live analysis of herpes simplex virus type-1 replication / Michael Seyffert [and three others]
    Expression, purification, and crystallization of HSV-1 glycoproteins for structure determination / Samuel D. Stampfer and Ekaterina E. Heldwein
    Cryo-EM techniques to resolve the structure of HSV-1 capsid-associated components / Ryan H. Rochat, Corey W. Hecksel, and Wah Chiu
    In vivo HSV-1 DNA transport studies using murine retinal ganglion cells / Jolene M. Draper, Graham S. Stephenson, and Jennifer H. LaVail
    HSV-1 protein expression using recombinant baculoviruses / Lorry M. Grady, Ping Bai, and Sandra K. Weller
    Murine intravaginal HSV-2 challenge model for investigation of DNA vaccines / Joshua O. Marshak, Lichun Dong, and David M. Koelle.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Print
    edited by Bernard Roizman.
    Contents:
    v
    .4. Immunobiology and prophylaxis of human herpesvirus infections.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC147.H6 H57
    4
  • Digital
    [edited by] Eyal Herzog.
    Summary: "Cardiac Care Unit Manual is geared toward all health care providers who rotate or practice in the CCU and must grasp the subtleties when treating patients in a cardiac care unit. Content will be presented"--Provided by publisher
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    LWW Health Library (Critical Care)
    LWW Health Library (Cardiology)
  • Digital/Print
    Allan R. Brasier, editor.
    Summary: Asthma is a chronic relapsing airways disease that represents a major public health problem worldwide. Intermittent exacerbations are provoked by airway mucosal exposure to pro-inflammatory stimuli, with RNA viral infections or inhaled allergens representing the two most common precipitants. In this setting, inducible signaling pathways the airway mucosa play a central role in the initiation of airway inflammation through production of antimicrobial peptides (defensins), cytokines, chemokines and arachidonic acid metabolites that coordinate the complex processes of vascular permeability, cellular recruitment, mucous hyper-secretion, bronchial constriction and tissue remodeling. These signals also are responsible for leukocytic infiltration into the submucosa, T helper-lymphocyte skewing, and allergic sensitization. Currently, it is well appreciated that asthma is a heterogeneous in terms of onset, exacerbants, severity, and treatment response. Current asthma classification methods are largely descriptive and focus on a single aspect or dimension of the disease. An active area of investigation on how to collect, use and visualize multidimensional profiling in asthma. This book will overview multidimensional profiling strategies and visualization approaches for phenotyping asthma. As an outcome, this work will facilitate the understanding of disease etiology, prognosis and/or therapeutic intervention.

    Contents:
    Spectrum of Asthma: an introduction
    Genetics and Genomics in Asthma
    Proteomics, Metabolomics, and Systems Biology of Asthma
    Modeling Complex Data in Asthma
    Conclusions and Future Directions.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Anne Le, editor.
    Contents:
    Part I. Basic Metabolism of Cancer Cells
    Glucose metabolism in cancer
    Glutamine metabolism in cancer
    The heterogeneity of lipid metabolism in cancer
    Part II. Heterogeneity of Cancer Metabolism
    The multifaceted metabolism of glioblastoma
    The intricate metabolism of pancreatic cancers
    Breast cancer metabolism
    Non-Hodgkinlymphoma metabolism
    The metabolism of renal cell carcinomas and liver cancer
    Different tumor microenvironments lead to different metabolic phenotypes
    The intratumoral heterogeneity of cancer metabolism
    Part III. Relationship Between Cancer Cells and Cancer-Associated Fibroblasts
    Metabolic relationship between cancer-associated fibroblasts and cancer cells
    Targeting metabolic cross talk between cancer cells and cancer-associated fibroblasts
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Print
    Anne Le, editor.
    Contents:
    Part I. Basic Metabolism of Cancer Cells
    Glucose Metabolism in Cancer the Warburg effect and Beyond
    Glutamine Metabolism in Cancer
    The Heterogeneity of Lipid Metabolism in Cancer
    Part II. Heterogeneity of Cancer Metabolism
    The Multifaceted Glioblastoma: from Genomic Alterations to Metabolic Adaptions
    The Intricate Metabolism of Pancreatic Cancers
    The heterogeneity of breast cancer metabolism for therapy
    Non-Hodgkin Lymphoma Metabolism
    The Heterogeneity Metabolism of Renal Cell Carcinomas
    The Heterogeneity Metabolism of Liver Cancer
    Different Tumor Microenvironments Lead to Different Metabolic Phenotypes
    The Intratumoral Heterogeneity of Cancer Metabolism
    Cancer Stem Cells Metabolism
    Metabolism of Immune cells in the Tumor Microenvironment
    Part III. Relationship between Cancer Cells and Cancer-Associated Fibroblasts
    Metabolic Relationship between Cancer-Associated Fibroblasts and Cancer Cells
    Targeting Metabolic Cross Talk between Cancer Cells and Cancer-Associated Fibroblasts
    Part IV. The metabolic interplay between cancer and other diseases
    Diabetes and Cancer: the Epidemiological and Metabolic Associations
    Bridging the Metabolic Parallels between Neurological Diseases and Cancer
    Metabolic Intersection of Cancer and Cardiovascular Diseases: Opportunities for Cancer Therapy
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Avishai Henik, Wim Fias.
    Summary: Heterogeneity of Function in Numerical Cognition presents the latest updates on ongoing research and discussions regarding numerical cognition. With great individual differences in the development or function of numerical cognition at neuroanatomical, neuropsychological, behavioral, and interactional levels, these issues are important for the achievement of a comprehensive understanding of numerical cognition, hence its brain basis, development, breakdown in brain-injured individuals, and failures to master mathematical skills. These functions are essential for the proper development of numerical cognition.

    Contents:
    1. Numbers and language: what's new in the past 25 years?
    2. The interplay between learning arithmetic and learning to read: insights from developmental cognitive neuroscience
    3. Language and arithmetic: the potential role of phonological processing
    4. Discussion: specific contributions of language functions to numerical cognition
    5. An introduction to attention and its implacation for numerical cognition
    6. The contol of selective attention and emerging mathematical cognition: beyond unidirectional influences
    7. Performance control in numerical cognition: insights from strategic variations in arithmetic during the life span
    8. The interplay between proficiency and executive control
    9. How big is many? Development of spatial and numerical magnitude understanding
    10. Is visuospatial reasoning related to early mathematical development? A critical review
    11. Neurocognitive evidence for spatial contributions to numerical cognition
    12. Which space for numbers?
    13. Cognitive interferences and their development in the context of numerical tasks: review and implications
    14. The role of executive function skills in the development of children's mathematical competencies
    15. Systems neuroscience of mathematical cognition and learning: basic organization and neural sources of heterogeneity in typical and atypical development
    16. (How) are executive functions actually related to arithmetic abilities?
    17. Numerical cognition and memory (ies)
    18. Hypersensitivity-to-interference in memory as a possible cause of difficulty in arithmetic facts storing
    19. Working memory for serial order and numerical cognition: what kind of association?
    20. Do not forget memory to understand mathematical cognition
    Index.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Marco Mossobrio, Redento Mora, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a thorough description of hexapod external fixators, from the theoretical basis to their practical application. Indications and practical use in current Orthopaedic practice are addressed in detail, offering the reader essential insights into the strengths and limitations of these devices. The main aspects covered, include primary (congenital) and secondary (acquired) deformities of the limbs: the etiology, pathomechanics, clinics, technical tips and tricks and suggested frame assemblies are presented. Each chapter addresses a specific Orthopaedic problem and includes representative clinical cases commented on by the authors. Illustrations and X-ray images support the discussion of the various themes treated in the textbook. Special attention is also given to deformity morphology and the consequent geometry of correction, as well as economical aspects and the biological risks of radiation exposure. A review of current nomenclature in external fixation is also provided as a quick-reference resource. Offering clear and straightforward descriptions of these devices and their current use in practice, prepared by leading international experts, this book will benefit expert surgeons and residents alike.

    Contents:
    1. History and evolution of hexapod external fixators
    2 Principles of hexapod external fixators functions: software and hardware
    3 Characteristics and usage modalities. Main systems
    4 Hexapod external fixators in acute fracture treatment and their complications
    5 Hexapod external fixators in the treatment of axial and rotation deformities and limb length discrepancies
    6 Hexapod external fixators in bone defect treatment
    7 Hexapod external fixators in pediatric deformities
    8 Hexapod external fixators in articular stiffness treatment
    9 Hexapod external fixators in foot deformity correction
    10 Problems, challenge, complications in hexapod external fixation systems. Contraindications
    11 Hexapod external fixators upgrade: motor powered frames , automation, deformity correction scheduling and remote control
    12 Ancillary usage of hexapod external fixators: Fixator assisted nailing (FAN), fixator assisted locking plate (FALP), lenghtening over nail (LON), bone transport over a nail (BTON) and lenghtening and then nailing (LATN). External to internal fixation conversion timing
    13 Ionizing radiation exposure
    14 Economical aspects and practical considerations
    15 Appendix: Deformity geometry
    16 Nomenclature.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    by Jarrett J. Krosoczka.
    Summary: "In kindergarten, Jarrett Krosoczka's teacher asks him to draw his family, with a mommy and a daddy. But Jarrett's family is much more complicated than that. His mom is an addict, in and out of rehab, and in and out of Jarrett's life. His father is a mystery -- Jarrett doesn't know where to find him, or even what his name is. Jarrett lives with his grandparents -- two very loud, very loving, very opinionated people who had thought they were through with raising children until Jarrett came along"-- Provided by publisher
    Digital Access 2018
    Limited to 1 simultaneous userSUNet ID login required
  • Digital
    Emilia Manzato, Massimo Cuzzolaro, Lorenzo Maria Donini, editors.
    Summary: This book provides up-to-date information on lesser known eating disorders (EDs) and eating related disorders. EDs and eating-related disorders include a highly heterogeneous group of syndromes and symptoms characterized by abnormal eating and weight control behaviors that can appear in all genders and ages. EDs can lead to high rates of morbidity and mortality, especially if they are misdiagnosed and untreated. The risk of underestimation is high for the lesser-known EDs, and when unhealthy eating behaviors appear in unusual situations, such as some medical and psychiatric pathologies, adults and the elderly, sexual minorities etc. The volume examines EDs in specific populations (the elderly, males, infants and toddlers, sexual minorities, etc.). Several chapters explore in detail lesser-known EDs (anorexia athletica, avoidant/restrictive food intake disorder, chewing and spitting, EDs by proxy, EDs after bariatric surgery, muscle dysmorphia, night-eating syndrome, nocturnal sleep-related eating disorder, orthorexia nervosa, pica, rumination disorder, etc.). Finally, other chapters address features of unhealthy eating and weight control behaviors associated with medical diseases (achalasia, craniopharyngioma, cystic fibrosis, cyclic vomiting syndrome, diabetes, dysphagia, Kleine-Levin syndrome, Klinefelter syndrome, Parkinson disease, Prader-Willi syndrome, Turner syndrome, etc.) The book will be a valuable resource for all health professionals who work in the fields of psychiatry, clinical psychology, eating disorders, obesity, medicine, clinical nutrition, public health, and prevention, allowing them to broaden their understanding of these disorders, and to enhance their clinical ability to diagnose them.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    volume editors, Hans Konrad Biesalski, Regina Birner.
    Contents:
    Economic and political innovation for nutritional improvement
    What does it need to improve nutrition quality? The role of public partners
    The devil is in the detail: understanding the governance challenges of implementing nutrition-specific programs on a large scale
    Post-2015 agenda and sustainable developmental goals: where are we now? Global opportunities to address malnutrition in all its forms, including hidden hunger
    Without land, no crops- without diversity, no healthy, and sustainable diets
    A challenge for international cooperation
    Working with Santal villagers, West Bengal, India: Moringa and kitchen gardens to combat malnutrition, 2012-2017
    Multidimensional nutritional welfare of children in Southern Africa: a human rights consistent approach
    How to accelerate the end of hunger and undernutition
    On the link between production diversity and dietary quality in smallholder farm households
    Reducing mineral and vitamin deficiencies through biofortification: progress under HarvestPlus
    The most hidden of all hidden hungers: the global deficiency in DHA and EPA and what to do about it
    The nutrition paradox in India: the coexistence of undernutrition and overnutrition
    Transdisciplinary approaches and methods in the context of food and nutrition security
    Unveilling the menace of hidden hunger in refugee camps: nutritional status among refugees, states responsibility, and key African strategies on nutrition
    Combating hidden hunger in agriculture perspective
    Latin America and the Caribbean: strategies to fight hidden hunger
    Strategies to fight hidden hunger in Ethiopia, Egypt, Sudan and Tunisia
    Agricultural assistance to vulnerable, food-insecure female-headed households in Kyrgyzstan
    Linking agriculture and natural resource management towards nutrition security (LANN+)
    Vitamin D deficiency: a public health issue in high- and low-income countries or just hype?
    Nutrition education cell, a community based approach to fight against child undernutrition and strength community resilience, in rural area in Burkina Faso
    Students4Kids: winning project, growing the tree against hunger (Ensete ventricosum) in Zambia.
    Digital Access Karger 2018
  • Digital
    volume editor, Hans Konrad Biesalski.
    Summary: "This book presents as scientific papers the focus and discussions of the 4th International Congress Hidden Hunger held in March 2019, the topic of which is hidden hunger and the double burden of global malnutrition in all its forms. The global nutrition situation, its causes and possible solutions are presented from the perspectives of governmental and non-governmental organizations, politicians, economists, nutritionists, and agricultural scientists"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Unravelling the Food-Health Nexus to Build Healthier Food Systems
    Abstract
    Health Impacts of Food Systems and Their Estimated Costs
    Why the Heath Impacts Are Systematically Reproduced
    Leverage Points to Contribute to Transformation to Healthier Food Systems
    Disclosure Statement
    References
    "Fit for Life"
    German Perspectives on How to Tackle the Double Burden of Malnutrition: Healthy Start
    Young Family Network
    Abstract Focusing on Prevention of Malnutrition in Mothers and Their Children
    Healthy Start
    Young Family Network: Approaches towards Successful Prevention and Health Promotion
    The "Healthy Start
    Young Family Network"
    Importance of Appropriate Conditions for Behavioral Change
    The Importance of Networking in Other Areas of Healthy Lifestyle Promotion
    Conclusion
    References
    Unlocking the Hidden Hunger Crises: The Power of Public-Private Partnerships
    Abstract
    Recommendations
    References Addressing Hidden Hunger in School-Aged Children and Adolescents within the Context of the Food System
    Abstract
    Interventions to Address Hidden Hunger through the Food System
    The Way Forward
    Conflict of Interest Statement
    References
    Africa's Changing Food Environments and Nutritional Effects on Adults and Children
    Abstract
    Background
    Panel Data Evidence from Kenya
    Supermarket Effects on Adults' Diets and Nutrition
    Supermarket Effects on Adults' Health
    Supermarket Effects on Children and Adolescents
    Interventions Regarding Supermarkets
    Conclusion Conflict of Interest Statement
    Funding Sources
    References
    Fruits and Vegetables in International Agricultural Research: A Case of Neglect?
    Abstract
    How Are F+Vs Defined? A Case of Fuzziness
    Why Does the CGIAR Not Have a Center Focused on F+Vs?
    Research Investment in F+Vs
    The Future for F+Vs in International Public Research
    Conclusion
    Acknowledgements
    Disclosure Statement
    References
    Gender Discrimination: Contribution to the Burdens of Malnutrition in Communities in Buea, the South-West Region of Cameroon
    Abstract
    Statement of the Problem
    Objectives Methodology
    Results
    Discussion
    Conclusion
    Disclosure Statement
    References
    The Importance of Food Supplements for Public Health and Well-Being
    Abstract
    Adequate Intake of Nutrients
    Optimal Intake of Nutrients
    Intake of Nutrients for Reducing Disease Risk
    Conclusions
    Disclosure Statement
    From Individual Nutrients to Sustainable Nutrition
    Abstract
    Responsibly Delicious
    Nutritious Diets
    Challenges
    Conclusion
    Conflict of Interest Statement
    References
    Market-Driven Food Fortification to Address Dietary Needs
    Abstract
    Digital Access Karger 2020
  • Digital
    [edited by] Giuseppe Micali.
    Contents:
    Epidemiology and pathogenesis / Vincenzo Bettoli and Giulia Ruina
    Clinical features and diagnostic clues / Maria Letizia Musumeci, Maria Rita Nasca, Piera Catalfo, Karishma Bhatt, and Giuseppe Micali
    Histopathology / Franco Rongioletti
    Classification and severity scales / Giuseppe Monfrecola and Matteo Megna
    Correlation between severity and its impact on quality of life / Nevena Skroza and Maria Concetta Potenza
    Comorbidities and complex syndromes / Gabriella Fabbrocini and Valerio De Vita
    Complications / Teresa Oranges, Valentina Dini, Andrea Chiricozzi, Salvatore Panduri, and Marco Romanelli
    Ultrasound imaging / Antonio Martorell
    Radiological imaging / Giuseppe Petrillo, Stefano Palmucci, and Claudia Trombatore
    Skin imaging : dematoscopy and videodermatoscopy / Francesco Lacarrubba, Anna Elisa Verzì, Federica Fiorentini, and Giuseppe Micali
    Differential diagnosis / Stefano Veraldi, Elena Guanziroli, and Mauro Barbareschi.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Print
    editors, Alexa B. Kimball, Gregor B.E. Jemec.
    Summary: A concise but comprehensive pocket handbook that provides an accessible and up-to-date introductory overview of this debilitating skin disease. Written by highly recognizable leaders in the field, this book presents essential information on the pathophysiology, clinical presentation, diagnosis and management strategies and options for hidradenitis suppurativa, forming an ideal resource to increase awareness of this disease among healthcare professionals.

    Contents:
    1 Editor biographies
    2 Clinical Presentation of Hidradenitis Suppurativa
    3 Pathophysiology of Hidradenitis Suppurativa
    4 Diagnostic Workup
    5 Treatment of Hidradenitis Suppurativa.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Erik R. Swenson, Peter Bärtsch, editors.
    Summary: Over the last decade the science and medicine of high altitude and hypoxia adaptation has seen great advances. High Altitude: Human Adaptation to Hypoxia addresses the challenges in dealing with the changes in human physiology and the particular medical conditions that arise from exposure to high altitude.--Excerpt from abstract.

    Contents:
    1. Cellular and Molecular Mechanisms of O2 Sensing / Paul T. Schumacker-- 2. Cellular and Molecular Defenses Against Hypoxia / Stilla Frede and Joachim Fandrey
    3. Control of Breathing / Luc J. Teppema and Remco R. Berendsen
    4. Lung Function and Gas Exchange / Andrew M. Luks and Susan R. Hopkins
    5. Pulmonary Circulation / Marco Maggiorini, Peter Bärtsch, and Erik R. Swenson
    6. Cardiovascular System / Aaron L. Baggish, Eugene E. Wolfel, and Benjamin D. Levine
    7. Cerebral Circulation and Brain / Philip N. Ainslie, Mark H. Wilson, and Christopher H.E. Imray
    8. Autonomic Nervous System / Mark J. Drinkhill, Roger Hainsworth, and Victoria E. Claydon
    9. Skeletal Muscle Tissue Changes with Hypoxia / Hans Hoppeler, Matthias Mueller, and Michael Vogt
    10. Blood and Haemostasis / James S. Milledge and Peter Bärtsch
    11. Renal Function and Fluid Homeostasis / Erik R. Swenson and Niels V. Olsen
    12. Endocrine Function / Jean-Paul Richalet
    13. Gastrointestinal Function / Noor Hamad and Simon Travis
    14. Immune System / Robert S. Mazzeo and Erik R. Swenson
    15. Nutrition and Metabolism / George A. Brooks
    16. Exercise / Carsten Lundby
    17. Sleep / Yvonne Nussbaumer-Ochsner and Konrad E. Bloch
    18. Reproduction and Growth / Susan Niermeyer
    19. Human Evolution at High Altitude / Cynthia M. Beall
    20. Acute Mountain Sickness and High Altitude Cerebral Oedema / Peter Bärtsch and Damian Miles Bailey
    21. High-Altitude Pulmonary Edema (HAPE) / Robert B. Schoene and Erik R. Swenson
    22. Chronic Mountain Sickness / Fabiola León-Velarde, María Rivera-Ch, Luis Huicho, and Francisco C. Villafuerte
    23. High Altitude and Common Medical Conditions / Andrew M. Luks and Peter H. Hackett.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Arnold von Eckardstein, Dimitris Kardassis, editors.
    Contents:
    Preface
    Part 1. Physiology of HDL
    Part 2. Pathology of HDL
    Part 3. Possible Indications and Target Mechanisms of HDL Therapy
    Part 4. Treatments for Dyslipidemias and Dysfunction of HDL.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Kyung-Hyun Cho.
    Summary: This book is the first of two volumes that offer a comprehensive, up-to-date account of current knowledge regarding high-density lipoprotein (HDL), the changes that occur in HDL under different conditions, the clinical applications of HDL, and means of enhancing HDL functionality. HDL comprises a diverse group of lipoproteins and its composition and metabolism are dynamic. In this volume, the focus is on the changes observed in HDL under different health statuses, with particular attention to the functional and structural correlations of HDL and apolipoprotein A-1. The impacts of a wide variety of factors on HDL are examined in depth, covering, for example, diet, exercise, smoking, age, diverse diseases, and different forms of environmental pollution. It has long been known that HDL has anti-atherosclerotic and antidiabetic properties, and more recently its anti-aging activities have been recognized. These benefits of HDL are highly dependent on its lipids, proteins, apolipoproteins, and enzymes, and specifically their composition and ratios. In documenting the latest knowledge in this field, this volume will be of interest to both researchers and clinicians.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Chapter 1. Understanding HDL: overview
    1-1. HDL and disease
    1-2. HDL functions and clinical applications
    1-3. HDL composition : apolipoproteins and enzymes
    1-4. Maturation of HDL
    1-5. HDL and blood pressure
    Chapter 2. Change of HDL by life style
    2-1. Exercise and HDL
    2-2. Smoking and HDL
    2-3. Elderlys HDL
    2-4. HDL depends on body weight
    2-5. HDL from obese but healthy subject
    2-6. HDL and apoA-I in smokers breast milk
    2-7. Breast milk from frequent trans fatty acid consumers
    2-8. HDL in cord blood from small neonates
    Chapter 3. Change of HDL in various diseases
    3-1. HDL from patients with myocardial infarction
    3-2. HDL from patients with female angina pectoris
    3-3. HDL and metabolic syndrome
    3-4. HDL from male patients with atrial fibrillation
    3-5. HDL from female patients with atrial fibrillation
    3-6. HDL from patients with hemorrhagic fever with renal syndrome
    3-7. HDL from patients with rheumatoid arthritis
    3-8. HDL and prehypertension
    Chapter 4. Detriment of HDL by pollutant and its evaluation
    4-1. Particulate matter and HDL
    4-2. Phthalate and HDL
    4-3. Cadmium and HDL
    4-4. Humidifier Sterilizer and HDL
    4-5. Detection of dysfunctional HDL by microfluidics
    4-6. Evaluation of dysfunctional HDL using zebrafish embryo
    Chapter 5. Change of HDL by food ingredient
    5-1. Fructose and apoA-I
    5-2. Fructose and impairment of HDL functionality
    5-3. Artificial sweeteners and apoA-I
    5-4. Artificial sweeteners (aspartame, saccharin) and HDL
    5-5. Aldoketohexoses and HDL
    5-6. Iron and HDL
    5-7. Trans fat and HDL
    5-8. Salt and HDL 576 p
    Summary and perspectives.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Kyung-Hyun Cho.
    Summary: This book is the second of two volumes that offer a comprehensive, up-to-date account of current knowledge regarding high-density lipoprotein (HDL), the changes that occur in HDL under different conditions, the clinical applications of HDL, and means of enhancing HDL functionality. In this volume, the focus is on the improvement of HDL, enhancement of its functionality, and the use of HDL for therapeutic purposes. In the first section, up-to-date information is provided on such topics as the tumor regression-promoting and antidiabetic activities of reconstituted HDL containing V156K apolipoprotein A-I, the enhancement of HDL effects by high doses of vitamin C, the benefits derived from incorporation of growth hormones 1 and 2 into rHDL, and the biological functions of omega-3 linolenic acid in rHDL. The enhancement of HDL functionality by policosanol and the resultant benefits are thoroughly examined in a separate section. Readers will also find the latest information on clinical applications of HDL. Here, specific topics include the enhancement of adenoviral gene delivery and the delivery of rapamycin. In documenting the latest knowledge in this field, this volume will be of interest to both researchers and clinicians.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Improvement of HDL
    1-1. Clinical application of HDL: Overview
    1-2. Regression effect of V156K-apoA-I
    1-3. Anti-diabetic effect of V156K-apoA-I
    1-4. Vitamin C and HDL
    1-5. Growth hormone-1 in HDL
    1-6. Growth hormone-2 in HDL
    1-7. Omega-3 and HDL
    Chapter 2. HDL as therapeutic tools
    2-1. Delivery vehicle for therapeutics : Overview
    2-2. Gene delivery: adenovirus and V156K-apoA-I
    2-3. Solubilization of rapamycin and delivery
    2-4. Solubilization of minoxidil and delivery
    Chapter 3. Enhancement of HDL by policosanol: anti-aging and longevity
    3-1. Policosanol and HDL functionality
    3-2. Policosanol and raising HDL in zebrafish
    3-3. Policosanol and CETP inhibition: human trial 8 weeks
    3-4. Policosanol and blood pressure lowering: human trial 8 weeks
    3-5. Policosanol blood pressure lowering human trial for 24 weeks
    3-6. Policosanol and improvement of aortic stiffness
    3-7. Policosanol and blood pressure lowering in rat model
    3-8. Twelve week consumption of policosanol and lowering blood pressure
    3-9. Publication analysis of policosanol-related studies
    3-10. Athero-protective effects of policosanol and sugar cane wax acid
    3-11. Cuban sugarcane wax acids and policosanol improved serum lipid profiles
    Summary and perspectives
    Epilogue.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Agamemnon J. Carpousis.
    Contents:
    Characterizing the role of exoribonucleases in the control of microbial gene expression : differential RNA-Seq / Vânia Pobre and Cecília M. Arraiano
    Conformational studies of bacterial chromosomes by high-throughput sequencing methods / Virginia S. Lioy and Frederic Boccard
    Large-scale measurement of mRNA degradation in Escherichia coli : to delay or not to delay / Sandrine Laguerre, Ignacio Gonzalez, Sebastien Nouaille, Annick Moisan, Nathalie Villa-Vialaneix, Christine Gaspin, Marie Bouvier, Agamemnon J. Carpousis, Muriel Cocaign-Bousquet, and Laurence Girbal
    FASTBAC-Seq : functional analysiS of toxin-antitoxin systems in BACteria by deep sequencing / Sara Masachis, Nicolas J. Tourasse, Sandrine Chabas, Olivier Bouchez, and Fabien Darfeuille
    The challenges of genome-wide studies in a unicellular eukaryote with two nuclear genomes / Sandra Duharcourt and Linda Sperling
    CLIP-seq in bacteria : global recognition patterns of bacterial RNA-binding proteins / Liis Andresen and Erik Holmqvist
    High-resolution profiling of NMD targets in yeast / Feng He, Alper Celik, Richard Baker, and Allan Jacobson
    Generation of a metagenomics proximity ligation 3C library of a mammalian gut microbiota / Théo Foutel-Rodier, Agnes Thierry, Romain Koszul, and Martial Marbouty
    Genome-wide mapping of yeast retrotransposon integration target sites / Anastasia Barkova, Amna Asif-Laidin, and Pascale Lesage
    Genome-wide quantitation of protein synthesis rates in bacteria / Grace E. Johnson and Gene-Wei Li
    On the prowl : an in vivo method to identify RNA partners of a sRNA / Marie-Claude Carrier, Claire Morin, and Eric Masse
    Analysis of bacterial transcription by "massively systematic transcript end readout," MASTER / Irina O. Vvedenskaya, Seth R. Goldman, and Bryce E. Nickels
    Transcriptomic approaches for studying quorum sensing in Vibrio cholerae / Roman Herzog and Kai Papenfort
    In vitro study of the major Bacillus subtilis ribonucleases Y and J / Liliana Mora, Saravuth Ngo, Soumaya Laalami, and Harald Putzer
    Mapping 5'-ends and their phosphorylation state with EMOTE, TSS-EMOTE, and nEMOTE / Peter Redder
    MS2-affinity purification coupled with RNA sequencing approach in the human pathogen Staphylococcus aureus / David Lalaouna, Emma Desgranges, Isabelle Caldelari, and Stefano Marzi
    Noncoding RNAs in archaea : genome-wide identification and functional classification / Anne Buddeweg, Michael Daume, Lennart Randau, and Ruth A. Schmitz
    Methodology for ribosome profiling of key stages of the Caulobacter crescentus cell cycle / James R. Aretakis, Nadra Al-Husini, and Jared M. Schrader
    Transcriptome-wide analysis of protein-RNA and RNA-RNA interactions in pathogenic bacteria / Jai J. Tree, Kenn Gerdes, and David Tollervey
    Profiling RNA polymerase II phosphorylation genome-wide in fission yeast / Tea Kecman, Dong-Hyuk Heo, and Lidia Vasiljeva
    Toward cell type-specific in vivo dual RNA-seq / Lutz Frönicke, Denise N. Bronner, Mariana X. Byndloss, Bridget McLaughlin, Andreas J. Baumler, and Alexander J. Westermann
    Genomic analysis of DNA double-strand break repair in Escherichia coli / A.M. Mahedi Hasan, Benura Azeroglu, and David R.F. Leach.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital/Print
    Harris G. Fienberg, Garry P. Nolan, editors.
    Summary: This volume highlights the most interesting biomedical and clinical applications of high-dimensional flow and mass cytometry. It reviews current practical approaches used to perform high-dimensional experiments and addresses key bioinformatic techniques for the analysis of data sets involving dozens of parameters in millions of single cells. Topics include single cell cancer biology; studies of the human immunome; exploration of immunological cell types such as CD8+ T cells; decipherment of signaling processes of cancer; mass-tag cellular barcoding; analysis of protein interactions by proximity ligation assays; Cytobank, a platform for the analysis of cytometry data; computational analysis of high-dimensional flow cytometric data; computational deconvolution approaches for the description of intracellular signaling dynamics; and hyperspectral cytometry. All 10 chapters of this book have been written by respected experts in their fields. It is an invaluable reference book for both basic and clinical researchers.

    Contents:
    High Dimensional Single Cell Cancer Biology
    Studying the Human Immunome: The Complexity of Comprehensive Leukocyte Immunophenotyping
    High-dimensional Analysis of Human CD8+ T Cell Phenotype, Function and Antigen-Specificity
    Mass Cytometry to Decipher the Mechanism of Non-genetic Drug Resistance in Cancer
    A Practical Guide to Multiplexed Mass Cytometry
    Analysis of Protein Interactions in situ by Proximity Ligation Assays
    Cytobank: Providing an Analytics Platform for Community Cytometry Data Analysis and Collaboration
    Computational Analysis of High-Dimensional Flow Cytometric Data for Diagnosis and Discovery
    Shooting Movies of Signaling Network Dynamics with Multiparametric Cytometry
    Hyperspectral Cytometry.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Tommaso Scarabino, Saverio Pollice, Teresa Popolizio, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Candice W. Jones.
    Summary: "This positive parenting guide will help you understand how children develop and how discipline shapes not only your child's behavior but their overall health and well-being. With your child's developmental stages in mind, you'll be empowered to create a family discipline plan that manages misbehavior and encourages positive behavior. High Five Discipline is packed with developmentally appropriate strategies to tame tantrums, stop sibling squabbles, and reward better behavior, to create a calmer, more harmonious home"--Page [4] of cover.

    Contents:
    Personal history: My "her"story
    Essential discipline dynamics
    Adult in the mirror
    Child basics: Act like a parent but think like a child
    Establishing a family discipline plan.
    Digital Access AAP ebooks 2022
  • Digital
    Annalisa Carlucci, Salvatore M. Maggiore, editors.
    Summary: This book presents the state of the art in high-flow nasal cannula (HFNC), an oxygen therapy technique that has recently proven to be a very promising approach to supporting respiratory function in several medical fields. In the opening part of the book, readers will learn the differences between high-flow and low-flow techniques and gain an overview of HFNCs technical aspects and physiological effects. The book subsequently describes the pathophysiological mechanisms involved in different respiratory diseases, analyzing how this technique positively impacts patients respiratory status. The authors highlight clinical applications of HFNC, both in adults and in children, in various clinical settings e.g. intensive care and semi-intensive care unit, emergencies, rehabilitation etc. and present tips, tricks and pitfalls, as well as up-to-date reports on technical issues. The book is intended for pneumologists, intensivists, anesthesiologists, ED doctors, rehabilitation therapists, internists and oncologists, as well as fellows and nurses in these fields.

    Contents:
    1 Conventional oxygen therapy: technical and physiologic issues
    2 High-flow: technical aspect
    3 Physiological effects of high flow
    4 Clinical applications of high flow nasal cannula in hypoxemic acute respiratory failure
    5 Clinical applications of high flow nasal cannula during intubation and weaning from mechanical ventilation
    6 Clinical applications of high flow nasal cannula in the operating room
    7 Clinical applications in the acute setting: obstructive lung diseases
    8 Clinical applications in Pulmonary rehabilitation
    9 Clinical applications in particular setting
    10 Physiological Effects and clinical applications in children
    11 Future perspectives.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Thomas Bodenheimer [and eight others].
    Summary: "Residency teaching programs have two equally important missions: educating tomorrow's doctors and caring for today's patients. This report offers observations made in 23 family medicine, internal medicine, and pediatric resident teaching clinics around the United States. We found that several of those residency programs are demonstrating that good education for tomorrow's doctors requires excellent care for today's patients. Currently, clinics that train the nation's future primary care physicians face major challenges. Faculty physicians and resident learners often spend only one to two half-days per week in clinic, making it difficult to provide continuity of care and prompt access for patients, who are often from underserved communities. Moreover, a "training gap" exists between the inpatient focus of many residency programs and the reality that the majority of health care occurs in the outpatient setting. Residents and medical students are less likely to enter ambulatory primary care careers as a result of poor experiences in teaching clinics. The observations offered in this report are based on detailed site visits conducted from 2013 to 2015 by a team from the Center for Excellence in Primary Care (CEPC) at the University of California, San Francisco. The observations are organized according to the primary care improvement model—the Building Blocks of High-Performing Primary Care—which includes 10 features of good primary care"--Executive summary.

    Contents:
    Executive summary
    Introduction
    Conceptual model: the building blocks of high-performing primary care
    Building block 1: Engaged leadership
    Building block 2: Data-driven improvement
    Building block 3: Empanelment
    Building block 4: Team-based care
    Building block 5: Patient-team partnership
    Building block 6: Population management
    Building block 7: Continuity of care
    Building block 8: Prompt access to care
    Building blocks 7 and 8: Continuity of care and prompt access to care
    Building block 9: Comprehensiveness and care coordination
    Building block 10: Template of the future
    Resident building block 1: Resident scheduling
    Resident building block 2: Resident engagement
    Resident building block 3: Resident worklife
    Conclusion
    References.
    Digital Access R2Library 2016
  • Digital
    Brendon Burchard.
    Summary: "THESE HABITS WILL MAKE YOU EXTRAORDINARY. Twenty years ago, author Brendon Burchard became obsessed with answering three questions: 1. Why do some individuals and teams succeed more quickly than others and sustain that success over the long term? 2. Of those who pull it off, why are somemiserableand others consistently happy on their journey? 3. What motivates people to reach for higher levels of success in the first place, and what practices help them improve the most? After extensive original research and a decade as the world's leading high performance coach, Burchard found the answers. It turns out that just six deliberate habits give you the edge. Anyone can practice these habits and, when they do, extraordinary things happen in their lives, relationships, and careers. Which habits can help you achieve long-term success and vibrant well-being no matter your age, career, strengths, or personality? To become a high performer, you must seek clarity, generate energy, raise necessity, increase productivity, develop influence, and demonstrate courage. This book is about the art and science of how to cultivate and practice these proven habits. Whether you want to get more done, lead others better, develop skill faster, or dramatically increase your sense of joy and confidence, the habits in this book will help you achieve it faster. Each of the six habits is illustrated by powerful vignettes, cutting-edge science, thought-provoking exercises, and real-world daily practices you can implement right now. If you've ever wanted a science-backed, heart-centered plan to living a better quality of life, it's in your hands. Best of all, you can measure your progress. A link to a free professional assessment is included in the book"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Beyond natural: the quest for high performance
    Section one. Personal habits
    Seek clarity
    Generate energy
    Raise necessity
    Section two. Social habits
    Increase productivity
    Develop influence
    Demonstrate courage
    Section three. Sustaining success
    Beware three traps
    The #1 thing
    Summary guide.
    Digital Access OverDrive 2017
    Limited to 1 simultaneous userSUNet ID login required
  • Digital
    Kazuyuki Akasaka, Hitoshi Matsuki, editors.
    Contents:
    Part I. Why and how proteins denature under prssure?
    Part II. Volume, compressibility, fluctuation and interaction in proteins
    Part III. Pressure and functional sub-states in proteins
    Part IV. Pressure and protein folding and assembly
    Part V. Pressure effects on biological membranes
    Part VI. Pressure adaptation and tolerance of proteins and living organisms
    Part VII. High pressure food processing and sterilization
    Part VIII. Pressure effects on motility, physiology and health
    Part IX. Methodology.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    [edited by] Cynthia A. Oster, Jane S. Braaten.
    Summary: "Patient safety and quality of care are critical concerns of healthcare consumers, payers, providers, organizations, health systems, and governments. Although a strong body of knowledge shows that high-reliability methods enable the most efficient, safe, and effective care, these methods have yet to be completely implemented across healthcare. According to authors Cynthia Oster and Jane Braaten, nurses-who are on the frontline of providing safe and effective care-are ideally situated to drive high reliability. High Reliability Organizations: A Healthcare Handbook for Patient Safety & Quality, Second Edition, equips nurses and healthcare professionals with the tools necessary to establish an error detection and prevention system. This new edition builds on the foundation of the first book with best practices, relevant exemplars, and important discussions about cultural aspects essential to sustainability. New material focuses on: High-reliability performance during a pandemic, organizational learning and tiered safety huddles, high reliability in infection prevention and ambulatory care, the emerging field of human factors engineering within healthcare, creating a virtual resource toolkit for frontline staff"-- Provided by publisher
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessAPN
    R2Library
    2021 Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    W. Richard Webb, MD, Professor Emeritus of Radiology and Biomedical Imaging, Emeritus Member, Haile Debas Academy Educators, University of California San Francisco, San francisco, California, Nestor L. Müller, MD, PhD, David P. Naidich, MD, FACR, FAACP, Professor Emeritus of Radiology, Department of Radiology, University of British Columbia, Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada, Profressor of Radiology and Medicine, New York University, Langone Medical center, New York, New York.
    Contents:
    Technical aspects of HRCT
    Normal lung anatomy
    HRCT findings : linear and reticular opacities
    HRCT findings : multiple nodules and nodular opacities
    HRCT findings : parenchymal opacification
    HRCT findings : air-filled cystic lesions
    HRCT findings : decreased lung attenuation
    The idiopathic interstitial pneumonias, part 1: usual interstitial pneumonia/idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis and nonspecific interstitial pneumonia
    The idiopathic interstitial pneumonias, part 2 : cryptogenic organizing pneumonia, acute interstitial pneumonia, respiratory bronchiolitis-interstitial lung disease, desquamative interstitial pneumonia, lymphocytic interstitial pneumonia, and pleuroparenchymal fibroelastosis
    Collagen vascular diseases
    Diffuse pulmonary neoplasms and pulmonary lymphoproliferative diseases
    Sarcoidosis
    Pneumoconiosis, occupational, and environmental lung disease
    Hypersensitivity pneumonitis and eosinophilic lung diseases
    Drug-induced lung diseases and radiation pneumonitis
    Miscellaneous infiltrative lung diseases
    Infections
    Pulmonary edema and the acute respiratory distress syndrome
    Cystic lung diseases
    Emphysema and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD)
    Airways diseases
    Pulmonary hypertension and pulmonary vascular disease
    Illustrated glossary of high-resolution CT terms
    Appearances and characteristics of common diseases.
    Digital Access Ovid 2015
  • Digital
    Josef F. Bille, editor.
    Summary: This open access book provides a comprehensive overview of the application of the newest laser and microscope/ophthalmoscope technology in the field of high resolution imaging in microscopy and ophthalmology. Starting by describing High-Resolution 3D Light Microscopy with STED and RESOLFT, the book goes on to cover retinal and anterior segment imaging and image-guided treatment and also discusses the development of adaptive optics in vision science and ophthalmology. Using an interdisciplinary approach, the reader will learn about the latest developments and most up to date technology in the field and how these translate to a medical setting. High Resolution Imaging in Microscopy and Ophthalmology - New Frontiers in Biomedical Optics has been written by leading experts in the field and offers insights on engineering, biology, and medicine, thus being a valuable addition for scientists, engineers, and clinicians with technical and medical interest who would like to understand the equipment, the applications and the medical/biological background. Lastly, this book is dedicated to the memory of Dr. Gerhard Zinser, co-founder of Heidelberg Engineering GmbH, a scientist, a husband, a brother, a colleague, and a friend.

    Contents:
    PART ONE
    Breaking the Diffraction Barrier in Fluorescence Microscopy.- High-Resolution 3D Light Microscopy with STED and RESOLFT.- PART TWO
    Retinal Imaging and Image Guided Retina Treatment.- Scanning Laser Ophthalmoscopy (SLO).- Optical Coherence Tomography (OCT) -Principle and Technical Realization.- Ophthalmic Diagnostic Imaging
    Retina. .- Ophthalmic Diagnostic Imaging
    Glaucoma.- OCT Angiography (OCTA) in Retinal Diagnostics.- OCT-based Velocimetry for Blood Flow Quantification.- In Vivo FF-SS-OCT Optical Imaging of Physiological Responses to Photostimulation of Human Photoreceptor Cells.- Two-Photon Laser Scanning Ophthalmoscope.- Fluorescence Lifetime Imaging Ophthalmoscopy (FLIO).- Selective Retina Therapy.- PART THREE
    Anterior Segment Imaging and Image Guided Treatment.- In Vivo Confocal Scanning Laser Microscopy.- Anterior Segment OCT.- Femtosecond-Laser-Assisted Cataract Surgery (FLACS).- Refractive Index Shaping
    In-Vivo Optimization of an Implanted Intraocular Lens (IOL).- PART FOUR- Adaptive Optics in Vision Science and Ophthalmology.- The Development of Adaptive Optics and its Application in Ophthalmology.- Adaptive Optics for Photoreceptor-Targeted Psychophysics.- Compact Adaptive Optics Scanning Laser Ophthalmoscope with Phase Plates.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    senior editor, Nan H. Troiano ; editors, Patricia M. Witcher, Suzanne McMurtry Baird.
    Summary: This comprehensive analysis of critical care obstetrics concepts offers a summary of research findings and top-notch clinical expertise. Made for perinatal clinicians who provide care to pregnant women with high-risk or critical care conditions -- Cover.

    Contents:
    Maternal morbidity and mortality / Patricia M. Witcher and Michael Lindsey
    Improving maternal outcomes / Patricia M. Witcher, Cynthia Chazott, and Bonnie Flood Chez
    Critical care obstetric capabilities : development strategies / Suzanne Mcmurtry Baird and Stephanie Martin
    Invasive hemodynamic and oxygen transport monitoring during pregnancy / Nan H. Troiano And Sreedhar Gaddipati
    Mechanical ventilation during pregnancy / Nan H. Troiano and Thomas M. Jenkins
    Pharmacologic agents / Suzanne Mcmurtry Baird, Stephen D. Krau, and Michael A. Belfort
    Hypertension in pregnancy / Carol J. Harvey and Baha M. Sibai
    Cardiac disorders in pregnancy / Sreedhar Gaddipati and Nan H. Troiano
    Pulmonary disorders in pregnancy / Brian A. Mason and Karen Dorman
    Diabetic ketoacidosis and continuous insulin infusion management in pregnancy / Maribeth Inturrisi, Nancy C. Lintner, and Kimberlee Sorem
    Anesthesia emergencies in the obstetric setting / Patricia M. Witcher and Keith Mclendon
    Induction of labor / Washington C. Hill and Carol J. Harvey
    Acute renal failure /Betsy B. Kennedy, Carol J. Harvey, and George R. Saade
    Cardiopulmonary resuscitation in pregnancy / Deborah Anne Cruz, Patricia Marie Constanty, and Shailen S. Shah
    Obstetric hemorrhage / Carol J. Harvey and Gary A. Dildy
    Disseminated intravascular coagulation in pregnancy / Melissa C. Sisson and Marcy M. Mann
    Venous thromboembolism in pregnancy / Patricia M. Witcher and Lewis Hamner
    Sepsis in pregnancy / Julie M. R. Arafeh and Bonnie K. Dwyer
    Amniotic fluid embolus (anaphylactoid syndrome of pregnancy) / Renee' Jones and Steven L. Clark
    Perinatal infection / Patrick Duff
    Trauma in pregnancy / Donna Ruth and Richard S. Miller
    Maternal obesity : effects on pregnancy / Amy H. Picklesimer and Karen Dorman.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library
  • Print
    Ronald W. Dudek, Professor, Brody School of Medicine, East Carolina University, Department of Anatomy and Cell Biology, Greenville, North Carolina, Thomas M. Louis, Professor, Brody School of Medicine, East Carolina University, Department of Anatomy and Cell Biology, Greenville, North Carolina.
    Summary: "High-Yield Gross Anatomy addresses many of the recurring clinical themes of the USMLE Step 1. The information presented in this text prepares you to handle not only the clinical vignettes found on the USMLE Step 1, but also the questions concerning basic gross anatomy concepts"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    1. Vertebral column
    2. Spinal cord and spinal nerves
    3. Autonomic nervous system
    4. Lymphatic System
    5. Chest wall
    6. Pleura, tracheobronchial tree, lungs
    7. The heart
    8. Abdominal wall
    9. Peritoneal cavity
    10. Abdominal vasculature
    11. Abdominal viscera
    12. Sgmod colon, rectum, and anal canal
    13. Spleen
    14. Kidney, ureter, bladder, and urethra
    15. Suprarenal (adrenal)
    16. Female reproductive system
    17. Male reproductive system
    18. Pelvis
    19. Perineum
    20. Upper limb
    21. Lower limb
    22. Head
    23. Neck
    24. Eye
    25. Ear
    Appendices
    Credits
    Index.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Exam Review Books (shelved at Information Desk)
    QM31 .D83 2015
    1
  • Print
    Douglas J. Gould, PhD, Professor and Vice Chair, Department of Biomedical Sciences, William Beaumont School of Medicine, Oakland University, Rochester, Michigan, Jennifer K. Brueckner-Collins, PhD, Professor and Vice- Chair, Department of Anatomical Sciences and Neurobiology, University of Louisville School of Medicine, Louisville, Kentucky ; author of first-fourth editions James D. Fix (1931-2010).
    Summary: Now significantly revised based on student feedback, this best-selling text provides a quick, authoritative review of the most important clinical aspects of neuroanatomy. A new, full-color design highlights the essential information you need to know to excel on course exams and the USMLE Step 1. New objectives begin every chapter, contents have been reorganized and streamlined, and all information has been completely updated. A new Gross Structure chapter lays the foundation for understanding the sectional anatomy in the Atlas chapter, and all terminology is now consistent with Terminologia Anatomica.

    Contents:
    Machine generated contents note: 1. Gross Structure Of The Brain
    I. Divisions of the Brain
    2. Development Of The Nervous System
    I. The Neural Tube
    II. The Neural Crest
    III. The Cranial Neuropore
    IV. The Caudal Neuropore
    V. Microglia
    VI. Myelination
    VII. The Optic Nerve and Chiasma
    VIII. The Hypophysis (pituitary gland)
    IX. Congenital Malformations of the CNS
    3. Neurohistology
    I. Neurons
    II. Nissl Substance
    III. Axonal Transport
    IV. Anterograde (Wallerian) Degeneration
    V. Chromatolysis
    VI. Regeneration of Nerve Cells
    VII. Neuroglia
    VIII. The Blood-Brain Barrier
    IX. The Blood-CSF Barrier
    X. Pigments and Inclusions
    XI. Classification of Nerve Fibers
    XII. Tumors of the CNS and PNS
    XIII. Cutaneous Receptors
    4. Blood Supply
    I. The Spinal Cord and Caudal Brainstem
    II. The Internal Carotid System
    III. The Vertebrobasilar System
    IV. The Blood Supply of the Internal Capsule
    V. Veins of the Brain
    VI. Venous Dural Sinuses. Note continued: VII. Angiography
    VIII. The Middle Meningeal Artery
    5. Meninges, Ventricles, And Cerebrospinal Fluid
    I. Meninges
    II. Ventricular System
    III. Cerebrospinal Fluid
    IV. Herniation
    6. Spinal Cord
    I. Gray and White Rami Communicans
    II. Spinal Nerves
    III. Conus Medullaris
    IV. Location of the Major Motor and Sensory Nuclei of the Spinal Cord
    V. The Cauda Equina
    VI. The Myotatic Reflex
    Case 6
    1
    I. Posterior (Dorsal) Column
    Medial Lemniscus Pathway
    II. Anterolateral System
    III. Lateral Corticospinal Tract
    Case 6
    2
    I. Diseases of the Motor Neurons and Corticospinal Tracts
    II. Sensory Pathway Lesions
    III.Combined Motor and Sensory Lesions
    IV. Peripheral Nervous System (PNS) Lesions
    V. Intervertebral Disk Herniation
    VI. Cauda Equina Syndrome (Spinal Roots L3 to CO)
    VII. Conus Medullaris Syndrome (Cord Segments S3 to C0)
    7. Brainstem
    I. Introduction
    II. Cross Section Through the Caudal Medulla. Note continued: III. Cross Section Through the Mid-Medulla
    IV. Cross Section Through the Rostral Medulla
    V. Cross Section Through the Caudal Pons
    VI. Cross Section Through the Mid-Pons
    VII. Cross Section Through the Rostral Pons
    VIII. Cross Section Through the Caudal Midbrain
    IX. Cross Section Through the Rostral Medulla
    X. Corticonuclear Fibers
    Lesions of the Brainstem
    I. Lesions of the Medulla
    II. Lesions of the Pons
    III. Lesions of the Midbrain
    IV. Acoustic Neuroma (Schwannoma)
    V. Jugular Foramen Syndrome
    VI."Locked-in" Syndrome
    VII. Central Pontine Myelolysis
    VIII."Top of the Basilar" Syndrome
    IX. Subclavian Steal Syndrome
    X. The Cerebellopontine Angle
    8. Autonomic Nervous System
    I. Introduction
    II. Cranial Nerves (CN) With Parasympathetic Components
    III.Communicating Rami
    IV. Neurotransmitters
    V. Clinical Correlation
    9. Cranial Nerves
    I. The Olfactory Nerve
    II. The Optic Nerve (CN II). Note continued: III. The Oculomotor Nerve (CN III)
    IV. The Trochlear Nerve (CN IV)
    V. The Trigeminal Nerve (CN V)
    VI. The Abducent Nerve (CN VI)
    VII. The Facial Nerve (CN VII)
    VIII. The Vestibulocochlear Nerve (CN VIII)
    IX. The Glossopharyngeal Nerve (CN IX)
    X. The Vagal Nerve (CN X)
    XI. The Accessory Nerve (CN XI)
    XII. The Hypoglossal Nerve (CN XII)
    10. Trigeminal System
    I. Introduction
    II. The Trigeminal Ganglion
    III. Trigeminothalamic Pathways
    IV. Trigeminal Reflexes
    V. The Cavernous Sinus
    11. Diencephalon
    I. Introduction
    II. The Thalamus
    III. Blood Supply
    IV. The Internal Capsule
    V. The hypothalamus
    12. Auditory System
    I. Introduction
    II. The Auditory Pathway
    III. Hearing Defects
    IV. Auditory Tests
    13. Vestibular System
    I. Introduction
    II. The Labyrinth
    III. The Vestibular Pathways
    IV. Vestibulo-ocular Reflexes
    14. Visual System
    I. Introduction
    II. The Visual Pathway. Note continued: III. The Pupillary Light Reflex Pathway
    IV. The Pupillary Dilation Pathway
    V. The Near Reflex and Accommodation Pathway
    VI. Cortical and Subcortical Centers for Ocular Motility
    VII. Clinical Correlation
    15. Limbic System
    I. Introduction
    II. Major Components
    III. The Papez Circuit
    IV. Clinical Correlations
    16. Basal Nuclei And Extrapyramidal Motor System
    I. Basal Nuclei (Ganglia)
    II. The Extrapyramidal (Striatal) Motor System
    III. Clinical Correlation
    17. Cerebellum
    I. Function
    II. Anatomy
    III. The Deep Cerebellar Nuclei
    IV. The Major Cerebellar Circuit
    V. Cerebellar Dysfunction
    VI. Cerebellar Syndromes and Tumors
    18. Cerebral Cortex
    I. Introduction
    II. The Six-Layered Neocortex
    III. Functional Areas
    IV. Focal Destructive Hemispheric Lesions and Symptoms
    V. Cerebral Dominance
    VI. Split Brain Syndrome
    VII. Other Lesions of the Corpus Callosum
    VIII. Brain and Spinal Cord Tumors
    IX. Apraxia. Note continued: X. Aphasia
    XI. Dysprosodies
    19. Cross-Sectional Anatomy Of The Brain
    I. Introduction
    20. Neurotransmitters
    I. Major Neurotransmitters
    II. Functional and Clinical Considerations.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Exam Review Books (shelved at Information Desk)
    QM451 .F588 2016
    1
  • Digital
    Ganga Ram Regmi, Falk Huettmann, editors.
    Summary: This book describes the myriad components of the Hindu Kush-Himalaya (HKH) region. The contributors elaborate on challenges, failures, and successes in efforts to conserve the HKH, its indigenous plants and animals, and the watershed that runs from the very roof of the planet via world-rivers to marine estuaries, supporting a human population of some two billion people. Readers will learn how the landforms, animal species and humans of this globally fascinating region are connected, and understand why runoff from snow and ice in the world's tallest mountains is vital to inhabitants far downstream. The book comprises forty-five chapters organized in five parts. The first section, Landscapes, introduces the mountainous watersheds of the HKH, its weather systems, forests, and the 18 major rivers whose headwaters are here. The second part explores concepts, cultures, and religions, including ethnobiology and indigenous regimes, two thousand years of religious tradition, and the history of scientific and research expeditions. Part Three discusses policy, wildlife conservation management, habitat and biodiversity data, as well as the interaction of animals and humans. The fourth part examines the consequences of development and globalization, from hydrodams, to roads and railroads, to poaching and illegal wildlife trade. This section includes studies of animal species including river dolphins, woodpeckers and hornbills, langurs, snow leopards and more. The concluding section offers perspectives and templates for conservation, sustainability and stability in the HKH, including citizen-science projects and a future challenged by climate change, growing human population, and global conservation decay. A large assemblage of field and landscape photos, combined with eye-witness accounts, presents a 50-year local and wider perspective on the HKH. Also included are advanced digital topics: data sharing, open access, metadata, web portal databases, geographic information systems (GIS) software and machine learning, and data mining concepts all relevant to a modern scientific understanding and sustainable management of the Hindu Kush-Himalaya region. This work is written for scholars, landscape ecologists, naturalists and researchers alike, and it can be especially well-suited for those readers who want to learn in a more holistic fashion about the latest conservation issues.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Part 1. Landscapes
    1. Mountain Landscapes and Watersheds of the Hindu Kush-Himalaya (HKH) and Their Biogeography: A Descriptive Overview and Introduction for 18 Nations in the Anthropocene
    2. The Hindu Kush-Himalaya (HKH) Region in the Modern Global and Climate Context: Major Weather Systems, Monsoon, Asian Brown Clouds (ABCs), Digital Data/Models and Global Linkages of Telecoupling and Teleconnection all Affecting Global Human Well
    3. From the Mountains and Glaciers Down to the Rivers to the Estuaries and Oceans: Another Sad Tale of 18 or so Rivers
    4. The Hindu Kush-Himalaya (HKH) in the Global and Marine Context: Major Estuaries, Coast-Scapes, Ocean Coupling, Seawalls, over 2 Billion People and Global (Food) Security
    5. A View from Space on Poyang Lake: What We Can Already See and What It Means
    6. Effective Poyang Lake Conservation? A Local Ecology View from Downstream Involving Internationally Migratory Birds When Trying to Buffer and Manage Water from HKH with 'Modern' Concepts
    7. The Future of Biodiversity in the Changing Watersheds of Kashmir Himalaya, Pakistan: Conservation Challenges and Opportunities 15. Settling the Terror of Your Mind with the Deities: About Fear, Anxiety, Inherent Chaos and Self-Doubt in Hind Kush-Himalaya Expeditions and Associated Research
    Part 3. Real-World Policy, Conservation Management of Wildlife, Habitat, and Biodiversity Data
    16. The Relevance and Significant Role of Mid-elevation for the Watersheds and Biodiversity Conservation in the Hindu Kush-Himalaya: The Case of Nepal in the Anthropocene
    17. Nature and Landscape Governance in Royal Times: Experiences from the Shah and Rana Regimes in Nepal Re-assembled from Literature and Interview Data
    18. Swallows and Sparrows in the Human Street-Market Interface of Urban Nepal: Towards a First Open Access GIS Data and Model Inference on the Role of Religion and Culture in Bird Distribution
    19. Pallas's Cat in Annapurna, Nepal: What We Know Thus Far and What Is to Come
    20. Status of Otters in Nepal: A Link with Ancient Waterways and People
    21. Wildlife Diplomacy and Gifting in the Hindu Kush-Himalaya Region: A Chronological History and Opinion of Nepalese Literates
    22. Birds of Nepal: Their Status and Conservation Especially with Regards to Watershed Perspectives 23. A Governance Analysis of the Snow Leopard, Its Habitat and (Digital) Data: Who Owns Charismatic Animals and Who Drives and Uses the Agenda for What?
    24. The Annapurna Conservation Area Project (ACAP): Towards a Success Story in Landscape Feature and Watershed Conservation Management
    25. The Forgotten Data: A Rather Short but Deep Story of Museums and Libraries in HKH and Similar Information Sources in Support of the Global Biodiversity Information System (GBIF.org) and Model-Predictions for Improved Conservation Management
    26. A Rather Short Story of Shared GIS Data Layers in the Hindu Kush-Himalayas: State of the Art, Justifications and Urgent Suggestions for a Sustainable Global Data Governance with Open Access and Open Source Coming to the Rescue
    27. Insect Pollinators, Threats For Survival and Ecosystem Service: An Outlook From Hindu-Kush Himalaya Region
    28. A First High-Resolution Open Access Data and Open Source GIS Model-Prediction for the Globally Threatened Sarus Crane (Antigone antigone) in Nepal: Data Mining of 81 Predictors Support Evidence for Ongoing Declines in Distribution and Abunda
    Part 4. A Fresh Look and Successful Templates for HKH: 'Business as Usual' Is Dead 39. Small and Effective NGOs as a Role Model for Bigger Success: The Global Primate Network (Now 'Third Pole Conservancy')
    40. When Micro Drives the Macro: A Fresh Look at Disease and its Massive Contributions in the Hindu Kush-Himalaya
    41. Water in Mongolia: Sources, Uses and Issues, with Special Emphasis on Mining
    42. Good Citizen Science Experience Downstream of Everest Helps Monitor Status of Wetland Birds
    43. A Citizen Science Experience: Green Youth of Lumbini (GYL) Promoting Globally Threatened Bird Species (Cranes/Storks) and Holistic Landscape Conservation in the Lumbini Region of Nepal, on the Ground as well as with Social Media
    44. When Governments Cannot Do It Anymore and When Capitalism, Neoliberal Policies and Globalization Get Imposed Without Democracy: Self-Organization in the HKH Region Beyond E. Ostrom and Facebook
    45. Quo Vadis HKH? 'Sustainable Development' as a Horror Scenario while Climate Change, Human Population Increase and Global Conservation Decay are on the Rise Further
    Index. 8. Towards a Landscape Perspective of Diseases in Plants: An Overview and Review of a Critical but Overlooked Ecology Issue in the Hindu Kush-Himalayan Region
    9. Showing True Change of the Hindu Kush Himalaya Region Through the Power of Photo Monitoring as a Visual Memory of Change
    10. A First-Hand Narrative Account on Tibet's Paper Parks: How China's Greenwashing in Tibet Flies Under the Radar
    11. Forestry Management in Nepal: An Example and a Review of Growth & Yield
    Part 2. Concepts, Cultures, Religions and the Mind
    12. What It Is Like to Be a Land-Locked Nation: Some Discriminatory Examples and Details from National Watersheds of the Hindu Kush-Himalaya Under the Neoliberal 'Free Market' Participation Paradigm
    13. Ethnobiology and Indigenous Regimes in the Conservation of Species, Watersheds, and Landscapes: Experiences and Evidences from the Hindu Kush-Himalayan Nations for a Global Application
    14. Spirituality Beats It All: A Quick Conservation Overview, Self-Organization and the Great Value of (Indigenous) Religions for Hindu Kush-Himalaya Landscapes, Its Geo-Parks, Species, Ecological Processes and Watersheds
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    [edited by] Joseph A. Smith, Jr., Stuart S. Howards, Glenn M. Preminger, Roger R. Dmochowski.
    Contents:
    Surgical basics
    Suture techniques
    Reconstructive techniques
    Bowel stapling and closure techniques
    Methods of nerve block
    Basic laparoscopy
    Basics of robotic surgery
    Surgical approaches for open renal surgery, including open radical nephrectomy
    Open partial nephrectomy
    Open and laparoscopic nephroureterectomy
    Vena caval thrombectomy
    Laparoscopic nephrectomy
    Laparoscopic and robotic-assisted laparoscopic partial nephrectomy
    Percutaneous resection of upper tract urothelial carcinoma
    Open pyeloplasty
    Surgery of the horseshoe kidney
    Repair of renal injuries
    Surgery for renal vascular disease and principles of vascular repair
    Renal transplant recipient
    Endoscopic management of ureteral strictures
    Percutaneous endopyeloplasty
    Laparoscopic and robotic pyeloplasty
    Laparoscopic live donor nephrectomy
    Open stone surgery : anatrophic nephrolithotomy and pyelolithotomy
    Anatomic basis for renal endoscopy
    Percutaneous renal access
    Percutaneous nephrolithotomy
    Laparoscopic access
    Renal cryosurgery
    Renal radiofrequency ablation
    Robotic, laparoscopic, and open approaches to the adrenal gland (benign)
    Open and laparoscopic approaches to the adrenal gland (malignant)
    Ureteroneocystostomy
    Bladder flap repair (Boari)
    Ureteral stricture repair and ureterolysis
    Ureteroureterostomy and transureteroureterostomy
    Ileal ureteral replacement
    Ureterolithotomy
    Endoscopic management of vesicoureteral reflux
    Ureteroscopic instrumentation
    Ureteroscopic management of ureteral calculi
    Ureteroscopic management of renal calculi
    Ureteroscopic endopyelotomy and endoureterotomy
    Ureteroscopic management of upper tract urothelial carcinoma
    Endoscopic incision of ureteroceles
    Transurethral resection of bladder tumors
    Partial cystectomy
    Radical cystectomy in male patients
    Radical cystectomy in female patients
    Urethrectomy
    Pelvic lymphadenectomy
    Excision of vesical diverticulum
    Cystolithotomy
    Laparoscopic/robotic radical cystectomy
    Ileocecal reservoir
    Appendicovesicostomy
    Ureterosigmoidostomy and mainz pouch ii
    Ileal orthotopic bladder substitution
    Robotic urinary diversion
    Ileocystoplasty
    Colocystoplasty
    Ureterocystoplasty
    Transvaginal repair of vesicovaginal fistula
    Transvesical repair of vesicovaginal fistula
    Transperitoneal vesicovaginal fistula repair
    Female vesical neck closure
    Transurethral resection and transurethral incision of the prostate
    Laser treatment of benign prostatic disease
    Suprapubic prostatectomy
    Retropubic prostatectomy
    Laparoscopic and robotic simple prostatectomy
    Anatomy and principles of excision of the prostate
    Transrectal ultrasound-directed prostate biopsy
    Transperineal prostate biopsy
    Prostate biopsy with MR fusion
    Radical retropubic prostatectomy
    Radical perineal prostatectomy
    Pelvic lymph node dissection
    Robotic-assisted laparoscopic prostatectomy
    Cryotherapy
    Focal therapies in the treatment of prostate cancer
    Brachytherapy
    Vaginal reconstruction
    Urethrovaginal fistula repair
    Bulbocavernosus muscle and fat pad supplement
    Female urethral diverticulum
    Female urethral reconstruction
    Urethral prolapse-caruncle
    Anterior pelvic organ prolapse repair
    Enterocele repair
    Rectocele repair
    Reconstruction of the fossa navicularis
    Reconstruction of strictures of the penile urethra
    Reconstruction of strictures of the bulbar urethra
    Reconstruction of pelvic fracture urethral distraction defect
    York--mason closure of rectourinary fistula in the male
    Direct vision internal urethrotomy
    Autologous pubovaginal sling
    Tension-free vaginal tape/suprapubic midurethral sling
    Transobturator midurethral sling
    Bulking agents for incontinence
    Artificial urinary sphincter
    Male urethral sling
    Neuromodulation
    Botox injection for urologic conditions
    Testis biopsy
    Sperm retrieval
    Varicocele ligation
    Simple orchiectomy
    Vasectomy
    Vasovasostomy and vasoepididymostomy
    Spermatocelectomy
    Epididymectomy
    Undescended testis
    Reduction of testicular torsion
    Testis-sparing surgery for benign and malignant tumors
    Radical orchiectomy
    Retroperitoneal lymph node dissection
    Laparoscopic and robotic retroperitoneal lymph node dissection
    Circumcision and dorsal slit or preputioplasty circumcision
    Penile curvature in pediatric patients
    Hidden penis
    Insertion of semirigid penile prostheses
    Inflatable penile prosthesis implantation
    Penile arterial revascularization
    Procedures for peyronie disease
    Operations for priapism
    Repair of genital injuries
    Pediatric meatotomy and distal reconstruction
    Repair of proximal hypospadias
    Partial penectomy
    Total penectomy
    Ilioinguinal lymphadenectomy
    Laser treatment of the penis.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2018
  • Digital
    [edited by] Daniel J. Berry, William J. Maloney.
    Contents:
    pt. I Surgical Approaches
    ch. 1 Anterior Approach Total Hip Arthroplasty / Michael Taunton
    ch. 2 The Direct Lateral Approach for Total Hip Arthroplasty / Stuart B. Goodman
    ch. 3 Posterolateral Approach (Including Minimally Invasive Variations) / James I. Huddleston
    ch. 4 Conventional Trochanteric Osteotomies and the Trochanteric Slide / Andrew H. Glassman
    pt. II Nonarthroplasty Approaches
    ch. 5 Extended Trochanteric Osteotomy / Wayne G. Paprosky
    ch. 6 Hip Arthroscopy for Nonstructural Pathology / Elizabeth Ford
    ch. 7 Arthroscopy for Structural Hip Problems / Bruce A. Levy
    ch. 8 Head-Sparing Procedures for Osteonecrosis of the Femoral Head / Michael A. Mont
    ch. 9 Periacetabular Osteotomy and Femoral Osteotomy / John C. Clohisy
    ch. 10 Hip Arthrodesis / Clive Duncan
    pt. III Primary Total Hip Arthroplasty
    ch. 11 Principles, Planning, and Decision Making / Young-Min Kwon
    ch. 12 Cemented Acetabular Component in Total Hip Arthroplasty / Andrew John Timperley
    ch. 13 The Uncemented Socket / John C. Clohisy
    ch. 14 The Polished Tapered Cemented Stem / Jonathan R. Howell
    ch. 15 Extensively Coated Stems / C. Anderson Engh Jr.
    ch. 16 The Tapered Stem / William J. Hozack
    ch. 17 Double-Tapered Primary Stems / Thomas P. Schmalzried
    ch. 18 Modular Stems / David A. Mattingly
    pt. IV Complex Primary Total Hip Arthroplasty
    ch. 19 Techniques for DDH Cup and Femur / Steven J. MacDonald
    ch. 20 Total Hip Arthroplasty in Patients with Proximal Femoral Deformity / Daniel J. Berry
    pt. V Revision Total Hip Arthroplasty
    ch. 21 Principles, Planning, and Decision Making / Nicholas J. Giori
    ch. 22 Component Removal / Rafael J. Sierra
    ch. 23 Uncemented Acetabular Revision with Hemispherical Cups / Erdan Kayupov
    ch. 24 Uncemented Acetabular Revision with Metal Augments or Cup-Cage Combinations / David G. Lewallen
    ch. 25 Custom Triflanged Devices in the Revision Acetabulum / Douglas A. Dennis
    ch. 26 Cemented Stems, Impaction Grafting, and Cement in Cement Revision / Donald William Howie
    ch. 27 Extensively Porous-Coated Cylindrical Uncemented Femoral Stems / Scott M. Sporer
    ch. 28 Tapered Fluted Titanium Stems in Revision Total Hip Arthroplasty / Donald S. Garbuz
    ch. 29 Allograft Prosthetic Composite and Endoprosthetic Replacement of the Proximal Femur / Chris Beauchamp
    pt. VI Special Revision Techniques
    ch. 30 Techniques to Manage Infection around Total Hip Arthroplasty and Antibiotic-Loaded Spacers for Infection / Bassam A. Masri
    ch. 31 Techniques to Manage Osteolysis Around Well-Fixed Acetabular Components / William J. Maloney.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library
  • Digital
    Marc Safran, Mustafa Karahan, editors.
    Summary: This book presents the latest knowledge in the evaluation and management of hip- and groin-related injuries in athletes. Techniques of hip arthroscopy, as well as their limitations and possible complications, are clearly described, and guidance is provided on the use of periarticular hip endoscopy in patients with periarticular problems. A series of chapters address the potential approaches in the various conditions that may be encountered in athletes, including femoroacetabular impingement, athletic pubalgia, chondral and labral injuries, and hip instability by world renowned experts in the field. Considerations in particular age groups, especially adolescents, are highlighted. Rehabilitation is discussed in detail, and a concluding chapter examines emerging perspectives on the management of hip injuries. The book is published in collaboration with ISAKOS and combines the international expertise of ISAKOS members renowned for their management of injuries to the hip and groin. Hip and Groin Pain in the Athlete will be a must-read for team physicians and all clinicians who treat athletes.

    Contents:
    Physical Examination and Imaging of the Painful Athletic Hip
    Portal Anatomy and Patient Positioning
    Hip Arthroscopy: Anatomy and Techniques
    Endoscopic Peritrochanteric Space: Evaluation and Treatment
    Clinical Examination and Diagnosis of Extra-Articular Hip and Groin Pain
    Muscular Function and Treatment of Musculotendinous Groin Pain
    Surgical Dislocation for FAI in Athletes
    Arthroscopic Management of Femoroacetabular Impingement in Athletes
    Arthroscopic Management of Chondral and Labral Injuries
    Hip Instability in the Athlete
    Special Issues Related to Hip Pain in the Adolescent Athlete
    Hip Dysplasia in Athletes
    Complications Related to the Arthroscopic Treatment of the Femoroacetabular Impingement
    Hip Arthroscopy: What Are the Limitations
    Rehabilitation Following Hip Arthroscopy: Takla-O’Donnell Protocol (TOP) for Physical Therapy
    Future of Hip Arthroscopy in the Management of the Athlete’s Hip
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Steven D. Waldman.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ClinicalKey
  • Digital
    Peter H. Seidenberg, Jimmy D. Bowen, David J. King, editors.
    Summary: Now in a revised and updated second edition, this practical guide remains an invaluable resource for improving the management of hip and pelvis injuries and presents a spectrum of treatment options for children, adolescents, adults and special populations. Opening with valuable clinical pearls for each topic, differential diagnosis is emphasized throughout the chapters, and evidence-based guidelines and sport-specific considerations aid the reader with injury evaluation and care. From fundamentals--including epidemiology, history and physical examination, imaging and gait assessment--to functional therapeutic interventions, injection techniques, taping and bracing, and both surgical and non-surgical interventions, The Hip and Pelvis in Sports Medicine and Primary Care, Second Edition is ideal for sports medicine physicians, primary care physicians, physical therapists and athletic trainers alike.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Shane J. Nho, Michael Leunig, Christopher M. Larson, Asheesh Bedi, Bryan T. Kelly, editors
    Summary: Hip pathology and nonarthritic hip conditions have only recently been recognized as a cause of hip pain. In 2003, Ganz, Leunig and colleagues described the concept of femoroacetabular impingement (FAI) as a cause of hip pain and a mechanism for end-stage hip osteoarthritis.Ganz et al. also postulated that 70-90% of hip osteoarthritis is likely due to abnormal hip mechanics related to FAI, dysplasia, or other hip deformities. Over the past ten years, the treatment of these non-arthritic hip pathologies has grown dramatically, and has been estimated to grow by 15% each year. It is the largest segment of grown in sports medicine and orthopedics as a whole. However, no definitive reference yet exists on hip arthroscopy and hip joint preservation surgery. While books have been published on hip arthroscopy, these texts are limited to the technical aspects of the procedure and do not explore content related to hip joint preservation surgery. The scope of this book covers the basic science of hip pathology, anatomy, biomechanics, pathology, and treatment.℗ℓ It has put together up-to-date research and has invited opinion leaders in the field to contribute to the text. The book is focused on disease pathology and provides comprehensive information on each disease topic, which is followed by technique-driven chapters to provide surgeons a reference for any procedure related to non-arthritic conditions of the hip.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Shane J. Nho, Asheesh Bedi, Michael J. Salata, Richard C. Mather III, Bryan T. Kelly, editors.
    Summary: The field of hip preservation surgery has evolved over the past decade as our understanding of hip pathomechanics and pathomorphology has expanded. The published literature on non-arthritic hip pathology, for example, has grown exponentially. The topics of controversy in the past decade have been answered in some cases, but new questions have also arisen. In addition to the 99 chapters in the original edition most of which will be retained and updated as applicable there will be over 30 brand new chapters focusing on new and more sophisticated techniques from authors that have been the pioneers of the field. The text is divided into nine thematic sections, covering the breadth of the topic and the current state of the art: basic science of the hip; operative basics for hip arthroscopy and open hip preservation surgery; pediatric hip conditions; approaches to disorders of the hip and pelvis; enthesopathy and neuromuscular disorders; hip fractures and instability; avascular necrosis; hip cartilage restoration; and oncologic conditions. Throughout, there is a heavy emphasis on surgical techniques, and video clips will be included in selected chapters. Written by edited by thought leaders and seasoned practitioners in the field, this new edition of Hip Arthroscopy and Hip Joint Preservation Surgery will remain the gold standard for orthopedic surgeons and sports medicine specialists, expanding on the range of techniques available to clinicians treating injuries to and disorders of the hip.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Paul E. Beaulé, editor.
    Summary: This book represents the most advanced understanding of diagnosis and management of hip dysplasia in the young adult, written by the worlds leading experts and covering advanced imaging and biomechanical studies as well as latest surgical techniques. This is especially timely, as the field of hip preservation surgery is in constant evolution, and it is critical that surgeons and researchers combine their efforts to provide the best evidence-based knowledge to all health care providers evaluating and treating patients suffering from pre-arthritic hip pain. Not only does this book discuss the most up-to-date information on the etiology and natural history of hip dysplasia, as well as pathomechanics and traditional and advanced imaging, it also presents new conceptions of its classification and subsequent management. The focus throughout the book is that hip dysplasia is a problem of instability, where both the bony structure and the soft tissue envelope (i.e., capsule, ligaments and muscles) are at play. Moreover, although corrective osteotomies such as the peri-acetabular osteotomy will remain the dominant treatment option, non-surgical treatments as well as hip arthroscopy are now being increasingly recognized as useful adjuncts in order for our patients to return to their desired activities. Finally, as the longevity of joint replacement surgery has improved dramatically, this should be strongly considered in cases where the outcome of joint preserving surgery is not as predictable. Orthopedic surgeons, sports medicine physicians, physiatrists and physiotherapists alike will find this book a valuable resource when treating the young adult with symptomatic hip dysplasia.

    Contents:
    Etiology of Hip Dysplasia
    Natural History of Residual Hip Dysplasia
    Anatomical Description-Classification of Hip Dysplasia
    Pathomechanics of the Dysplastic Hip
    Biomechanics of the Native Hip from Normal to Instability
    Traditional Imaging
    Advancing Imaging of the Hip
    Non-Surgical Management of Pre-Arthritic Dysplastic Hip Pain
    Adjuvant Therapies in the Treatment of Pre-Arthritic Hip Disease
    Role and Indications of Hip Arthroscopy for Hip Dysplasia
    Proximal Femoral Osteotomy
    The Periacetabular Osteotomy
    Other Pelvic Osteotomies
    Joint Replacement in the Dysplastic Patient.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Joseph C. McCarthy, Philip C. Noble, Richard N. Villar, editors.
    Summary: Hip Joint Restoration is a comprehensive yet practical guide to the basic science and clinical applications of arthroscopy, arthroplasty, osteotomy and preservation surgery for the treatment of diseases and conditions of the hip. This generously illustrated text offers a comprehensive introduction to essential features of hip evaluation, the medical management of hip procedures, and treatment of specific conditions, and covers practical topics such as surgical anatomy of the hip, surgical approaches, instrumentation, and indications for arthroscopy and other surgical procedures aimed at restoration of the hip joint. Additional chapters cover clinical outcomes and equality of life following hip surgery, the current state of research and education of arthroscopic hip procedures throughout the world, other topics such as complications and rehabilitation in different patient populations. This book will be a useful resource for Orthopedic Surgeons and Osteopaths who perform open and arthroscopic hip preservation and total joint replacement, as well as for orthopedic residents and researchers. .

    Contents:
    Part One: Structure and Function of the Tissues of the Hip (Normal and Diseased)
    Development of the Hip: Phylogeny and Ontogeny
    Anatomy
    Cartilage
    Anatomy
    Labrum
    Anatomy
    Capsule and Synovium
    Fundamental and Clinical Considerations of the Muscles of the Hip
    Ligamentum Teres: Anatomy, Structure and Function
    Functional Mechanics of the Human Hip
    Part Two: Clinical Evaluation of Hip Function
    Function of the Normal Hip
    Outcome Instruments for Assessment of Hip Function
    Gait Analysis
    Evaluation of the Painful Hip
    Clinical Evaluation of Hip Function
    Essential Features in the History
    Essential Findings in the Clinical Exam
    Part Three: Hip Pathology
    Osteoarthritis of the Hip
    Hip Disease Etiologies: FAI and Dysmorphias
    Synovial Pathology of the Hip
    Hip Pathology
    Overload Syndromes
    Hip Disease Etiologies
    Trauma
    The Understanding of Hip Etiologies
    Osteonecrosis of the Femoral Head
    Part Four: Imaging Advances
    The Bony Morphology of Femoro-Acetabular Impingement
    Imaging of Cartilage Patho-Anatomy
    Magnetic Resonance Imaging of the Hip Labrum, Capsule and Synovium
    Extra-Articular Pathology of the Hip
    Magnetic Resonance Imaging of the Hip
    Imaging the Previously Operated Hip
    Advances in 2D and 3D Imaging for FAI Surgical Planning
    Part Five: Non Arthroscopic Treatment of Hip Disease
    The Natural History of Untreated Osteoarthritis of the Hip
    Non-Surgical Treatment (Indications, Limitations, Outcomes)
    Injections
    Groin Pain in Athletes: Assessment and Non-Surgical Treatment
    The Painful Groin
    Limited Open Procedures
    Limitations of Open and Arthroscopic Surgical Technique for the Treatment of Femoroacetabular Impingement
    Open Surgical Treatment -Advantages and Complications of Modern Surgical Approaches
    Part Six: Arthroscopic Treatment of Hip Disease
    The History of Hip Arthroscopy
    Indications for Hip Arthroscopy
    Arthroscopic Treatment -Surgical Anatomy
    Hip Arthroscopy: Anatomy and Technical Pearls of the Procedure
    Arthroscopic Treatment
    Principles of Hip Distraction
    Arthroscopic Treatment
    Fundamentals of Hip Joint Instrumentation
    Arthroscopic Treatment
    Principles and Devices for Hip Joint Access
    Arthroscopic Treatment- Layout of the Operating Room Surgical Approaches-Lateral
    Arthroscopic Treatment
    Layout of the Operating Room- Surgical Approaches-Supine
    Optimizing Exposure and Accessibility for Arthroscopic Correction of Femoroacetabular Impingement
    Anesthesia and Analgesia for Hip Surgery
    Part Seven: Surgical Treatment of Specific Hip Conditions
    Biologic Labrum
    Specific Tissues and Conditions
    Chondral Lesions
    Special Patients and Conditions
    Femoro- Acetabular Impingement
    Arthroscopic Treatment of Combined Cam and Pincer-type Femoroacetabular Impingement
    Special Patients & Conditions: Other Forms of Impingement (Ischiofemoral, Pectineofoveal)
    Synovial Disease
    Surgical Treatment of Specific Hip Conditions: Ligamentum Teres Injuries
    Treatment of Specific Conditions: Loose Bodies
    Specific Tissues and Conditions
    Trauma
    Arthroscopic Treatment- Bony Lesions
    Specific Tissues and Conditions
    Osteonecrosis, Avascular Necrosis
    Specific Tissues and Conditions
    Pediatric Conditions
    Specific Tissues and Conditions
    Extra-Articular Pathologic Conditions
    Part Eight: Special Patients and Conditions
    Elite Athletes
    Special Patients and Conditions
    Capsular Laxity Including Ehlers-Danlos
    Current Procedures and Techniques for the Treatment of Osteonecrosis of the Hip
    Special Patients and Conditions
    Sports Hernia
    Acetabular Dysplasia: A Classification
    Quality-of-Life after Hip Arthroscopic Surgery
    Evaluating the Outcome of Hip Preserving Procedures: Patient Function, Satisfaction, and Impairment
    Part Nine: Articular Lesions: Prevention and Treatment
    Biology of Cartilage Regeneration
    Microfracture in the Hip
    Cartilage Grafting
    The Use of Fibrin Adhesive for Cartilage Repair in Hip Arthroscopy
    Novel Techniques in the Treatment of Chondral Lesions of the Hip
    Osteochondral Allografting of the Hip
    Part Ten: Hip Osteotomies
    Special Patients and Conditions
    Acetabular Dysplasia
    Hip Osteotomies
    Acetabular
    Birmingham Interlocking Periacetabular Osteotomy
    Mini-Incision Periacetabular Osteotomy
    Results of Periacetabular Osteotomy (PAO)
    Proximal Femoral Osteotomy in Hip Preservation
    Combined Periacetabular Osteotomy and Proximal Femoral Osteotomy for Severe Hip Deformity
    Part Eleven: Joint Replacement
    Partial Joint Replacement
    Metal on Metal Hip Resurfacing: Current Indications and Results
    Total Hip Replacement in the Young Patient
    Short Stem Total Hip Replacement
    Hip Replacement in the Athlete
    Arthroscopy Following Total Hip Replacement
    Part Twelve: Functional Outcomes
    Activities, Symptoms and Expectations of Patients Undergoing Hip Surgery
    Rehabilitation after Hip Arthroscopy
    The Importance of Validated Scoring Systems for the Hip
    Survivorship and Clinical Results after Hip Arthroscopy: How Should We Define a Good Treatment Option?
    Part Thirteen: Worldwide Experience with Hip Arthroscopy
    UK and European Experience with Hip Arthroscopy
    Africa
    History of Hip Arthroscopy in the United States
    Worldwide Experience with Hip Arthroscopy
    Australia
    Worldwide Experience of Hip Arthroscopy: Mexican Experience
    Worldwide Experience with Hip Arthroscopy: South America
    Hip Arthroscopy in India: A Perspective
    The Worldwide Experience with Hip Arthroscopy
    Japan
    Hip Arthroscopy in China
    Part Fourteen: Practice Management and Education
    Setting Up a Hip Arthroscopy Service
    Education and Hip Arthroscopy
    Part Fifteen: Research
    Development Anatomy and Its Impact on Hip Function
    Research Advances in Understanding the Genetic Basis of Hip Disease
    Fluid Mechanics Pre and Post Capsulotomy
    Research into the Application of Imaging to the Diagnosis of Hip Disease
    Cell Therapy in Hip Surgery
    Surgical Navigation of the Hip for Femoroacetabular Impingement
    Outcomes Following Hip Surgery
    The Critical Role of Registries in Documenting the Outcomes of Hip Preservation Surgery
    Part Sixteen: The Critical Role of Registries in Documenting the Outcomes of Hip Preservation
    The Future of Hip Arthroscopy>.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Young-Jo Kim, Tallal Charles Mamisch, editors.
    Summary: Hip Magnetic Resonance Imaging presents a basic yet comprehensive discussion of the role and use of MRI in the diagnosis and treatment of injuries and diseases of the hip, highlighting common concerns and procedures. Beginning with the principles of MRI and dGEMRIC and moving on to normal and abnormal hip anatomy, the focus shifts to the MRI techniques used in the detection of disease conditions of the hip, including labral disease, osteonecrosis, extra-articular conditions and cartilage damage. Chapters on the utilization of biochemical imaging biomarkers in the treatment of hip disorders round out the text. Written by experts in radiology and orthopedics and generously illustrated with MRI radiographs, this book will be an important reference work for clinicians in those fields, as well as practitioners of sports medicine and primary care physicians.

    Contents:
    Part I: MRI Principles
    Basic MRI Physics and Artifacts
    Non-contrast Biochemical Imaging
    Delayed Gadolinium Enhanced MRI of Cartilage
    Clinical Application of Biochemical Imaging of Cartilage
    Part II: Hip Joint Anatomy and Diseases
    Normal Articular Anatomy
    Abnormal Osseous Anatomy
    Abnormal Articular Anatomy
    Developmental Hip Disorders
    Extra-articular Hip Conditions and Sports Injuries
    Part III: MRI Techniques to Detect Disease Conditions
    Overview of Diagnostic Imaging of Hip Joint
    Labral Disease
    Osteonecrosis
    Extra-articular Conditions
    Cartilage Damage
    Structural Assessment
    Part IV: Utilization of Biochemical Imaging Biomarkers in Treatment of Hip Disorders
    Application of dGEMRIC to the Study of Hip Disorders
    Application of T1rho to the Hip.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Nicolas Bonin, Filippo Randelli, Vikas Khanduja, editors.
    Summary: This book offers practical guidance on all procedures that may be performed within the field of hip preservation surgery, arthroscopy, and endoscopy. European experts share their experiences on everything from basic injections to the most challenging hip procedures, offering step-by-step tutorials and highlighting important tips and tricks. Whereas most books on hip arthroscopy and hip preservation surgery concentrate on pathologies, surgical indications, and the basics of the treatment, here the focus is very much on the individual techniques and recognized variants. These techniques are clearly and precisely described with the aid of a wealth of photo and video illustrations. The coverage encompasses procedures applicable in the widest range of scenarios, including synovial pathologies, labral, chondral, and bony injuries, hip impingement, dysplasia and instability, snapping hips, gluteus medius and minimus tendonitis and tears, other tendinopathies, post-arthroplasty complications, and rehabilitation. The book is published in cooperation with ESSKA and will be an essential aid for orthopaedic surgeons at all levels of experience.

    Contents:
    Joint lavage, synovectomy, biopsy and loose body removal
    Painful hip Arthroplasty assessment, Removal of cement or Loose Bodies
    Femoral osteochondroplasty
    Acetabular rim trimming
    Open femoral osteochondroplasty and rim trimming
    Subspine impingement decompression
    Ischiofemoral impingement decompression
    Osacetabuli removal or fixation
    Core decompression
    Fracture osteosynthesis
    Periacetabular osteotomy
    Reverse periacetabular osteotomy
    Proximal Femoral osteotomy
    Labral debridement-repair-reattachment
    Labral reconstruction
    Ligamentum teres reconstruction
    Capsular plication and repair
    Chondral debridement-abrasion-Microfracture
    Open femoral head mosaic plasty
    Trochanteric bursectomy and spur removal
    Iliotibial band release and Gluteus maximus tendon release (Polesello)
    Open Adductor Tenotomy
    Psoas tenotomy
    Hamstring repair/reinsertion
    Open
    Hamstring repair/reinsertion
    Endoscopic
    Sciatic nerve release / piriformis tenotomy.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Young-Jo Kim, Eduardo N. Novais ; Sarah D. Bixby [and others], contributors.
    Digital Access Ovid 2021
  • Digital
    Changqing Zhang, editor.
    Summary: This book discusses disorders affecting the hip joint as well as its related structures, to help orthopedists develop an integrated way of thinking, and improve their decision-making strategies and treatment skills. The specific anatomy of the hip joint and the related structures provides vital motor functions. It also presents a challenge for orthopedists in terms of early diagnosis of disorders, which is essential for appropriate and effective treatment. The first part of the book provides a step-by-step introduction to intra-articular and abarticular hip disorders in both adults and children. It then describes the techniques and practicalities of managing various conditions in detail, presenting stereoscopic chromatic line drawings along with intraoperative illustrated figures. By demonstrating the regional anatomy, pathophysiology and related disorders in hip region, this book helps readers gain an understanding based on basic science and clinical research. It also offers instructive guidance to learners at different levels, including orthopedists, general practitioners and rehabilitation practitioners.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    volume editors, K. Szabo, M.G. Hennerici.
    Contents:
    Anatomy of the hippocampal formation / Schultz, C.; Engelhardt, M.
    Structure and vascularization of the human hippocampus / Tatu, L.; Vuillier, F.
    Coordinated network activity in the hippocampus / Draguhn, A.; Keller, M.; Reichinnek, S.
    What animals can teach clinicians about the hippocampus / Lavenex, P.; Banta Lavenex, P.; Favre, G.
    Memory function and the hippocampus / Opitz, B.
    Neuropsychological measures of hippocampal function / Wicking, M.; Nees, F.; Steiger, F.
    Conventional and diffusion-weighted MRI of the hippocampus / Szabo, K.; Forster, A.; Gass, A.
    Functional MRI studies of the hippocampus / Nees, F.; Pohlack, S.T.
    The hippocampus in neurodegenerative disease / Moodley, K.K.; Chan, D.
    Stress, memory, and the hippocampus / Wingenfeld, K.; Wolf, O.T.
    Epilepsy and the hippocampus / Chatzikonstantinou, A.
    Transient global amnesia / Szabo, K.
    Hippocampal stroke / Szabo, K.
    Digital Access Karger 2014
  • Print
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Varies.
    Call number varies. Search for Hirschberg History of ophthalmology. Monographs to find individual volumes of this title.
  • Digital
    edited by Prem Puri.
    Summary: The fourth edition of this leading book provides an authoritative, comprehensive and complete account of the neuronal disorders of the lower gastrointestinal tract in children. The book has been thoroughly revised and updated to reflect major advances that have occurred both in the understanding as well as the treatment of Hirschsprung's disease. Contents discuss the latest therapies such as stem cell therapies, the epidemiology and association with multiple endocrine neoplasia and approaches to diagnosis such as radiology and manometry as well as Hirschsprung's disease in adolescents and adults. Surgical approaches are thoroughly covered and include a new chapter on intestinal transplantation options. The follow-up care and long-term outcomes of patients who have undergone therapy are also addressed in this edition. With several new chapters added and the contents updated and re-worked, this edition is authored by the leading current experts in their respective fields. It is a must-have book for pediatric surgeons, pediatricians, gastroenterologists, and colorectal surgeons.

    Contents:
    Hirschsprung's Disease: A Historical Perspective
    Development of the Enteric Nervous system
    Functional Anatomy of the Enteric System
    Normal Colonic Morphology and Motor Function
    Animal Models of Hirschsprung's Disease
    Familial Hirschsprung's Disease
    Genetics of Hirschsprung's Disease
    Stem cell Therapy for Enteric neuropathies
    Pathophysiology of Hirschsprung's Disease
    Epidemiology and Clinical Characteristics of Hirschsprung's Disease
    Associated Anomalies and Syndromes in Hirschsprung's Disease
    Association between Hirschsprung's Disease and Multiple Endocrine Neoplasia Type 2a
    Hirschsprung's Associated Enterocolitis
    Radiological Diagnosis of Hirschsprung's Disease
    Manometeric Diagnosis of Hirschsprung's Disease
    Rectal Biopsy for the diagnosis of Hirschsprung's Disease
    Histopathological Diagnosis of Hirschsprung's Disease
    Total Colonic Aganglionosis
    Hirschsprung's Disease in adolescents and adults
    Variants of Hirschsprung's Disease
    Megacystis-Microcolon-Intestinal Hypoperistalsis syndrome
    Degenerative Hollow Visceral Myopathy Mimicking Hirschsprung's Disease
    Transanal Pull-Through operation for rectosigmoid Hirschsprung's Disease
    Laparoscopically Assisted Pull-Through operation for Hirschsprung's Disease
    Redo Surgery for Hirschsprung's Disease
    Early and late Complications following Pull-Through operation for Hirschsprung's Disease.-Morphological Basis of Persistent bowel problems following a properly performed pull-through operation for Hirschsprung's Disease
    Bowel Management for the treatment of Chronic constipation and soiling in patients operated for Hirschsprung's Disease
    Inflammatory Bowel Disease in patients with Hirschsprung's Disease
    Intestinal Transplantation for Total Intestinal Aganglionosis
    Urological and Sexual outcome in patients with Hirschsprung's Disease
    Longterm Outcome and Quality of life after treatment of Hirschsprung's Disease.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Tomoaki Taguchi, Hiroshi Matsufuji, Satoshi Ieiri, editors.
    Summary: This book provides essential information on the status quo and changing profile of Hirschsprung's disease and allied disorders. Hirschsprung's disease is a common cause of neonatal intestinal obstruction and one of the most important and most fascinating diseases in pediatric surgery throughout the world. Currently, the diagnosis and treatment of Hirschsprung's disease and allied disorders are in a state of constant development. Written by expert pediatric surgeons, Hirschsprung's Disease and the Allied Disorders presents state-of-the-art information, such as new genetic evidence, and historical operative techniques that were less invasive and resulted in fewer follow-up operations. It offers a highly informative guide that will greatly benefit all readers engaged in pediatric medicine, pediatric surgeons, and the medical staff of NICUs around the globe.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital/Print
    Jon Meacham ; afterword by John Lewis.
    Summary: "John Lewis, who at age twenty-five marched in Selma and was beaten on the Edmund Pettus Bridge, is a visionary and a man of faith. Using intimate interviews with Lewis and his family and deep research into the history of the civil rights movement, Meacham writes of how the activist and leader was inspired by the Bible, his mother's unbreakable spirit, his sharecropper father's tireless ambition, and his teachers in nonviolence, Reverend James Lawson and Martin Luther King, Jr. A believer in hope above all else, Lewis learned from a young age that nonviolence was not only a tactic but a philosophy, a biblical imperative, and a transforming reality. At the age of four, Lewis, ambitious to become a preacher, practiced by preaching to the chickens he took care of. When his mother cooked one of the chickens, the boy refused to eat it--his first act of non-violent protest. Integral to Lewis's commitment to bettering the nation was his faith in humanity and in God, and an unshakable belief in the power of hope. Meacham calls Lewis "as important to the founding of a modern and multiethnic twentieth- and twenty-first century America as Thomas Jefferson and James Madison and Samuel Adams were to the initial creation of the nation-state in the eighteenth century. He did what he did--risking limb and life to bear witness for the powerless in the face of the powerful--not in spite of America, but because of America, and not in spite of religion, but because of religion"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Overture: the last march
    A hard life, a serious life: Troy, Alabama: beginnings to 1957
    The spirit of history: Nashville, Tennessee: 1957-60
    Soul force: the freedom rides: 1961
    In the image of God and democracy: Birmingham and Washington: 1963
    We are going to make you wish you was dead: Freedom Summer and Atlantic City: 1963-64
    I'm going to die here: Selma, Alabama: 1965
    This country don't run on love: New York, Memphis, Los Angeles: 1966-68
    Epilogue: against the rulers of the darkness.
    Digital Access 2020
    Limited to 1 simultaneous userSUNet ID login required
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    E840.8.L43 M43 2020
    1
  • Digital
    Reinhart Jarisch, editor.
    Summary: Histamine is an important mediator of allergic diseases such as hay fever and bronchial asthma, food allergies, urticaria, and drug hypersensitivity. Knowledge of histamine as a cause of numerous non-allergic symptoms and signs is, however, limited. In fact, histamine intolerance can be responsible for conditions as diverse as seasickness, headaches and migraine, tachycardia, gastric disorders, diarrhea, intolerance to contrast media, parodontosis, period pains, nausea and vomiting in pregnancy, atopic dermatitis, and osteoporosis. This book offers wide-ranging coverage of histamine intolerance. There is extensive background discussion of the origin of histamine, its content in food and alcoholic beverages, and intolerance to red wine. Diagnosis of histamine intolerance is explained, and the various symptoms of histamine intolerance are clearly described. Subsequent chapters cover the conditions mentioned above and also consider the relation of histamine to vitamin B6 and the specific immunotherapy of allergies. This book will prove of value in clinical practice by facilitating differential diagnosis, which is by no means straightforward given the multiplicity of symptoms of histamine intolerance, and by assisting in the selection of therapeutic measures.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Histamine and biogenic amines
    Symptoms of histamine intolerance
    Allergy and intolerance to drugs
    Surgery and dental operations
    Histamine intolerance in females
    Atopic dermatitis
    Specific immunotherapy of allergies
    Histamine and vitamin B6
    Histamine and seasickness
    Histamine and osteoporosis.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Guido Massi, Philip E. LeBoit.
    Summary: The histopathologic interpretation of melanocytic neoplasms is probably the most difficult task in the field of dermatopathology. The second edition of this text and atlas depicts a broad range of the most important and most challenging melanocytic lesions that histopathologists might encounter. Each case is illustrated with at least three high-quality color photographs and is commented on at length, highlighting the diagnostic clues. The goal of the authors is to assist both general pathologists and dermatopathologists in making an accurate diagnosis applicable to their daily practice, and one that can be understood by clinicians. They achieve this by providing criteria that can serve as a sound basis for an unequivocal diagnosis in most cases. The reader will find Histological Diagnosis of Nevi and Melanoma to be an invaluable guide to correct diagnosis even in difficult or rare cases.

    Contents:
    Criteria for the Diagnosis of Benign Melanocytic Nevus
    Melanocytic Hyperplasia
    Melanotic Macules
    Commonon Nevus
    Congenital Nevus
    Junctional Anomalies in Congenital and Acquired Nevi in the First Year of Life
    Proliferative Nodules in Congenital Nevi
    Nevus Spilus
    Dermal Melanocytoses
    Common Blue Nevus
    Cellular Blue Nevus
    SPITZ Nevus
    Reed Nevus
    Deep Penetrating Nevus
    Dysplastic & Clarkss Nevus
    Combinedin Nevus
    Nevi on Acral Skin
    Nevi on Genital Skin
    Nevi in the Oral Cavity
    Polypoid Nevus of Pregnancy and Milk Line Nevi
    Nevi OF the Conjunctiva
    Melanocytic Nevi Affected by inflammatory Skin Dideases
    Halo Nevus
    Recurrent and Persistent Nevus
    Traumatised Nevi
    Benign Melanocytoma
    Medicolegal Cases
    Criteria for the Diagnosis OF Malignant Melanoma
    Melanoma in situ
    Lentigo Maligna
    Superficial Spreading Pattern of Melanoma
    Nodular Pattern of Melanoma
    Melanoma with Spindle Cell
    Nevoid Melanoma
    Spitzoid Melanoma
    Desmoplastic Melanoma
    Neurotropic Melanoma
    Melanoma with Neural Differentiaton
    Myxoid Melanoma
    Melanoma with Features of Blue Nevus
    Animal Type Melanoma
    Melanoma on Blue Nevus
    Unusual and Bizarre forms of Melanoma
    Melanoma on Nevus
    Melanoma on Palms, Soles and Subungual Bed
    Melanoma on Genital Skin
    Melanoma on Oral Cavity
    Melanoma on Conjunctiva
    Recurrent and Persistent Melanoma
    Regressing and Regressed Melanoma
    Cutaneous Metastatic Melanoma
    Malignant Melanocytoma
    Medicolegal Cases
    Molecular Biology in the Diagnosis of Nevi and Melanoma
    Histological Prognostic Factors.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Michael H. Ross, PhD (deceased), Professor and Chair Emeritus, Department of Anatomy and Cell Biology, University of Florida College of Medicine, Gainesville, Florida, Wojciech Pawlina, MD, FAA, Professor of Anatomy and Medical Education, Fellow of the American Association of Anatomists, Chair, Department of Anatomy, Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology, Director of Procedural Skills Laboratory, Mayo college of Medicine, Rochester, Minnesota.
    Summary: Now in its seventh edition, Histology: A Text and Atlas is ideal for medical, dental, health professions, and undergraduate biology and cell biology students. This best-selling combination text and atlas includes a detailed textbook, which emphasizes clinical and functional correlates of histology fully supplemented by vividly informative illustrations.

    Contents:
    Methods
    Cell cytoplasm
    The cell nucleus
    Tissues : concept and classification
    Epithelial tissue
    Connective tissue
    Cartilage
    Bone
    Adipose tissue
    Blood
    Muscle tissue
    Nerve tissue
    Cardiovascular system
    Lymphatic system
    Integumentary system
    Digestive system I : oral cavity and associated structures
    Digestive system II : esophagus and gastrointestinal tract
    Digestive system III : liver, gallbladder, and pancreas
    Respiratory system
    Urinary system
    Endocrine organs
    Male reproductive system
    Female reproductive system
    Eye
    Ear.
  • Digital
    Wojciech Pawlina, Michael H. Ross.
    Summary: "Histology: A Text and Atlas is ideal for medical, dental, health professions, and undergraduate biology and cell biology students. This best-selling combination text and atlas includes a detailed textbook, which emphasizes clinical and functional correlates of histology fully supplemented by vividly informative illustrations and photomicrographs. Separate, superbly illustrated atlas sections follow almost every chapter and feature large-size, full-color digital photomicrographs with labels and accompanied descriptions that highlight structural and functional details of cells, tissues, and organs"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Methods
    Cell cytoplasm
    The cell nucleus
    Tissues : concept and classification
    Epithelial tissue
    Connective tissue
    Cartilage
    Bone
    Adipose tissue
    Blood
    Muscle tissue
    Nerve tissue
    Cardiovascular system
    Immune system and lymphatic tissues and organs
    Integumentary system
    Digestive system I : oral cavity and associated structures
    Digestive system II : esophagus and gastrointestinal tract
    Digestive system III : liver, gallbladder, and pancreas
    Respiratory system
    Urinary system
    Endocrine organs
    Male reproductive system
    Female reproductive system
    Eye
    Ear.
  • Digital
    Abraham L. Kierszenbaum, Laura L. Tres.
    Contents:
    Epithelium
    Epithelial glands
    Cell signaling
    Connective tissue
    Osteogenesis
    Blood and hematopoiesis
    Muscle tissue
    Nervous tissue
    Sensory organs vision and hearing
    Immune-lymphatic system
    Integumentary system
    Cardiovascular system
    Respiratory system
    Urinary system
    Upper digestive system
    Lower digestive system
    Digestive glands
    Neuroendocrine system
    Endocrine system
    Spermatogenesis
    Sperm transport and maturation
    Follicle development and the menstrual cycle
    Fertilization, placentation, and lactation.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2016
  • Digital
    [edited by] Stacey E. Mills.
    Summary: "The fourth edition of Histology for Pathologists was published in 2012 and, as before, it is again reasonable to ask if "normal" has changed enough in the ensuing 6 years to justify a new edition. The answer, of course, is that normal has not changed at all (evolution is indeed a slow process!) but our perception of normal continues to expand and improve. In particular, we have developed many new immunohistochemical markers, and the ever-growing spectrum of their expression in normal tissues provides insights into pathologic processes arising from or differentiating toward these tissues. We also continue to recognize new variations of normal that cause diagnostic confusion and touch on the interface between normal and disease. Accordingly, the fifth edition brings incremental but valuable improvements in our perceptions of human histology"--Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Ovid 2020
  • Digital
    Shabir Ahmad Ganai.
    Summary: This book provides an outline of epigenetics as a whole, while also specifically examining a range of epigenetic players, including histone acetyl transferases (HATs) and histone deacetylases (HDACs). It chiefly focuses on the emerging targets of HDACs and their implications for various neurological disorders, while also discussing the drawbacks of current therapeutic strategies, the classification of HDAC inhibitors, and their promising effects in connection with specific neurological disorders. The book explores the potential use of these inhibitors as novel therapeutic agents, considers the current challenges involved in using them to tackle neurological complications, and offers a novel solution by designing isoform-selective inhibitors and employing combinatorial therapeutic strategies. Its final section, which explores future directions, elaborates on the possibility of enhancing HDAC inhibitors therapeutic efficacy against various neurological complications.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Role of Epigenetics in neurological diseases
    Chapter 2. Epigenetic enzymes and the drawbacks of conventional therapeutic regimens
    Chapter 3. Distinct classes of HDACs
    Chapter 4. HDAC implications in neurological diseases
    Chapter 5. HDAC inhibitors and their structurally distinct groups
    Chapter 6. HDAC inhibitors as novel therapeutic option against therapeutically challenging neurological disorders
    Chapter 7. Current Challenges with HDAC inhibitor based therapeutic intervention against neurological maladies
    Chapter 8. Escalating need of isoform selective inhibitors for enhanced therapeutic efficacy
    Chapter 9. Combinatorial therapeutic regimens using HDAC inhibitors in conjunction with conventional therapeutic agents
    Chapter 10. Future directions of epigenetic research in tackling neurological complications.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Dong Fang, Junhong Han, editors.
    Summary: This book focuses on histone mutations, especially those mutations closely related to cancer. Genetic mutations and epigenetic alterations contribute to the development of a variety of cancers: recent genetic studies have identified e.g. H3K27M and H3G34R/V mutation in over 75% of DIPG cases, H3.3K36M mutation in more than 90% of chondroblastoma cases, and H3G34W/L mutation in over 90% of giant cell tumors of bone. Given the high incidence and tumorigenesis effects of histone H3 mutations, they are also referred to as oncohistones. This book highlights the advances made in the area over the past 10 years, and offers a state-of-the-art summary of epigenetic alternation, gene expression, protein structure, drug discovery, immunotherapy, and mouse modeling of histone H3 mutations in various tumors. Chiefly intended to provide researchers and graduate students with an overall picture of these mutations, it will also be of interest to researchers in basic oncology, clinical oncology, and epigenetics, as well as academics and clinical oncology practitioners.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1: Overview of histone modification
    Chapter 2: The histone H3 family and its deposition pathways
    Chapter 3: Histone H3K27M Mutation in Brain Tumors
    Chapter 4: Histone Mutations and Bone Cancers
    Chapter 5: Histone H3G34 mutation in brain and bone tumors
    Chapter 6: Epigenetic-targeted treatments for H3K27M-mutant midline gliomas
    Chapter 7: Histone lysine to methionine mutation as anti-cancer drug target.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital/Print
    von dr. W. Spielmeyer.
    Digital Access Google Books 1922-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    E575 .S74
    1
  • Digital
    Henrik Hellquist, Alena Skalova.
    Summary: Over the past 25 years it has become more and more evident that salivary gland pathology is by far the subject within head and neck pathology that causes the most diagnostic challenges and problems for general pathologists. Among the reasons for this are the relative rarity of salivary gland tumors (as a result of which the general pathologist does not gain sufficient personal experience in their diagnosis), their striking diversity (there are almost 40 different histological tumor entities), and the fact that some tumours dedifferentiate and some benign tumors progress to become malignant. This book is a comprehensive guide to salivary gland pathology that illustrates almost every type of salivary gland tumor and will assist greatly in routine diagnostic work. Non-neoplastic lesions, benign epithelial tumors, malignant epithelial tumors, and non-epithelial and secondary tumors are all covered in detail, and the WHO and TNM classifications are clearly explained. Another significant feature is the incorporation of important knowledge gained during the past few years regarding the genetics of salivary gland tumors. Histopathology of the Salivary Glands will be of interest not only to pathologists but also to dentists, ENT and head and neck surgeons, and oncologists.

    Contents:
    Histology
    Non-neoplastic Lesions
    Pleomorphic Adenoma
    Myoepithelioma
    Warthin Tumour
    Other Adenomas
    Mucoepidermoid Carcinoma
    Adenoid Cystic Carcinoma
    Acinic Cell Carcinoma
    Carcinoma Ex Pleomorphic Adenoma
    Salivary Duct Carcinoma
    Polymorphous Low-Grade Adenocarcinoma
    Myoepithelial Carcinoma and Epithelial-Myoepithelial Carcinoma
    Mammary Analogue Secretory Carcinoma (MASC)
    Other Carcinomas
    Miscellaneous.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by David P. Boyle, Derek C. Allen.
    Summary: This book is an easily comprehensible and practicable framework for standardised histopathology reports in surgical cancer. The pathological features of the common carcinomas are detailed and non-carcinomatous malignancies are also summarised. 8th edition TNM and WHO classifications of cancers are incorporated, with comments on any associated pathology, diagnostic clues and prognostic criteria supplemented visually by line diagrams. Each chapter's introduction gives epidemiological, clinical, investigative and treatment summary details. Other pathology includes updated immunophenotypic expression and molecular techniques. The impact of these ancillary investigations on diagnosis, and as biomarkers of prognosis and prediction of response to treatment is summarised, as is the effect of adjuvant treatments on cancers. Experience based clues are given throughout as aids to tumour typing, grading, staging, and gauging prognosis and response to treatment. Histopathology Reporting: Guidelines for Surgical Cancer, Fourth Edition is invaluable for trainee and consultant diagnostic histopathologists all over the world, equipping the reader to produce high quality, clinically appropriate histopathology reports, and to participate in contemporary multidisciplinary team management of patients with surgical cancer.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Gastrointestinal Cancer: Oesophageal Carcinoma
    Gastric Carcinoma
    Ampulla of Vater and Head of Pancreas Carcinomas
    Small Intestinal Carcinoma
    Colorectal Carcinoma
    Vermiform Appendix Tumours
    Anal Canal Carcinoma (with Comments on Pelvic Exenteration)
    Gall Bladder Carcinoma
    Extrahepatic Bile Duct Carcinoma
    Liver Carcinoma
    Head and Neck Cancer: General comments
    Lip and Oral Cavity Carcinomas
    Oropharyngeal Carcinoma (with comments on Nasopharynx and Hypopharynx)
    Nasal Cavity and Paranasal Sinus Carcinomas
    Laryngeal Carcinoma
    Salivary Gland Tumours
    Thyroid Gland Tumours (with comments on Parathyroid)
    Respiratory and Mediastinal Cancer: Lung Carcinoma
    Malignant Mesothelioma
    Mediastinal Cancer
    Skin Cancer: Non-Melanocytic Skin Carcinoma
    Malignant Melanoma
    Breast Cancer: Breast Carcinoma
    Gynaecological Cancer: Ovarian Carcinoma (with comments on Fallopian Tube Carcinoma)
    Endometrial Carcinoma
    Cervical Carcinoma
    Vaginal Carcinoma
    Vulval Carcinoma
    Gestational Trophoblastic Tumours
    Urological Cancer: Renal Cell and Renal Pelvis/Ureter Carcinomas
    Bladder Carcinoma
    Prostate Carcinoma
    Urethral Carcinoma
    Testicular Cancer
    Penile Carcinoma
    Lymph Node Cancer: Nodal Malignant Lymphoma (with comments on Extranodal Malignant Lymphoma and Metastatic Cancer)
    Bone and Soft Tissue Cancer: Bone and Soft Tissue Sarcomas (with comments on Retroperitoneum and Adrenal Gland)
    Ophthalmic Cancer: Intraocular Malignancy
    Extraocular Malignancy
    Endocrine Cancer: Thyroid Gland Tumours
    Adrenal Gland Tumours.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Derek C. Allen, R. Iain Cameron, editors.
    Summary: This book integrates tumour anatomy; clinical presentation and investigations; surgical considerations; pathology and clinically appropriate dissection and reporting of surgical specimens. The 2nd edition is up-to-date with TNM 7 & RPath cancer datasets.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital/Print
    Thomas J. Inzana, editor.
    Contents:
    Taxonomy of Histophilus somni
    Histophilosis as a Natural Disease
    Histophilus somni Genomics and Genetics
    Interactions on Histophilus somni with Host Cells
    Histophilus somni Surface Proteins
    Host Immune Response to Histophilus somni
    The Many Facets of Lipooligosaccharide as a Virulence Factor of Histophilus somni
    Exopolysaccharide Production and Biofilm Formation by Histophilus somni.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital/Print
    Rafael Schiaffino.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    R482.U8 S3
    2
  • Digital
    Thomas S. Helling, Daniel Azoulay.
    Summary: For the surgeon of antiquity the liver has been an organ of mystery - and danger. Attempts to repair its wounds or remove tumors were fraught with hemorrhage and often a fatal outcome. Most forays were those to remove easily accessible tumors on the liver edge, but bleeding was a feared consequence still and surgeons wielded a plucky fortitude to take on even those. Not until the mid-20th Century were surgeons able to safely excise neoplasms that lay deep within the liver substance. Jean-Louis Lortat-Jacob achieved notoriety in his famous Paris hepatectomy of 1951 but he was not the first. That distinction may have belonged to German Professor Walther Wendel in 1910 or to Japanese surgeon Ichio Honjo who reported his operation in 1950, but in Japanese. It was not picked up by the Western surgical community until 1955. Names such as Hugo Rex, James Cantlie, Jean-Louis Lortat-Jacob, Tôn Thá̂t Tùng, Jacques Hepp, Claude Couinaud, Henri Bismuth, Thomas Starzl, Roy Calne, and a host of others highlight the extraordinary curiosity, tenacity, and skill of those surgeons who broached unknown territory to master understanding and techniques of manipulation, resection, and transplantation that were formerly considered unapproachable by the surgical world.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Introduction
    The Bold Adventure of Lortat-Jacob
    The Liver: Impossible Salvations
    The Art of Operating
    Fin de Siècle: Marvels of the Age
    The World Wars and Hemorrhage Control
    A World-Wide Phenomenon: Liver Surgery in the Far East
    Beginning the Modern Era
    The Anatomists
    The French School
    Bach, Beethoven, and Brahms
    The Era of Transplantation
    Splitting the Soul
    On Regeneration
    Prometheus Renewed.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Makini Chisolm-Straker, Katherine Chon, editors ; forewords by Joshua M. Sharfstein and Ruth J. Simmons.
    Summary: A public health approach to human trafficking requires a nuanced understanding of its root causes. This textbook applies a historical lens to human trafficking from expert resources for the multidisciplinary public health learner and worker. The book challenges the anti-trafficking paradigm to meaningfully understand historical legacies of present-day root-causes of human trafficking. This textbook focuses on history's utility in public health. It describes history to contextualize and explain present times, and provides public health lessons in trafficking prevention and intervention. Public health recognizes the importance of multiple systems to solve big problems, so the chapters illustrate how current anti-trafficking efforts in markets and public systems connect with historical policies and data in the United States. Topics explored include: Capitalism, Colonialism, and Imperialism: Roots for Present-Day Trafficking Invisibility, Forced Labor, and Domestic Work Addressing Modern Slavery in Global Supply Chains: The Role of Businesses Immigration, Precarity, and Human Trafficking: Histories and Legacies of Asian American Racial Exclusion in the United States Systemic and Structural Roots of Child Sex Trafficking: The Role of Gender, Race, and Sexual Orientation in Disproportionate Victimization The Complexities of Complex Trauma: An Historical and Contemporary Review of Healing in the Aftermath of Commercialized Violence Historical Context Matters: Health Research, Health Care, and Bodies of Color in the United States Understanding linkages between contemporary manifestations of human trafficking with their respective historical roots offers meaningful insights into the roles of public policies, institutions, cultural beliefs, and socioeconomic norms in commercialized violence. The textbook identifies sustainable solutions to prevent human trafficking and improve the health of the Nation. The Historical Roots of Human Trafficking is essential reading for students of public health, health sciences, criminology, and social sciences; public health professionals; academics; anti-trafficking advocates, policy-makers, taskforces, funders, and organizations; legislators; and governmental agencies and administrators.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    editors K.-C. Bergmann and J. Ring.
    Digital Access Karger 2014
  • Digital
    Ugo Filippo Tesler.
    Summary: The beginning of cardiac surgery is generally considered to be the successful repair of a wound of the heart that took place on the 7th of September 1896 in Frankfurt am Main. This operation put an end to the widespread belief that nature had set the heart beyond the limits of surgery. The successive development of heart surgery moved together with other advances that were rapidly taking place in various fields of medicine and surgery and which, already in the first half of the 20th century, had allowed surgical pioneers to successfully correct a number of congenital and acquired heart disease.
  • Print
    edited by Christopher T. Leffler.
    Summary: "The History of Glaucoma, the latest in the Hirschberg series of the history of ophthalmology, covers the twists, turns, and paradigm-shifts in the glaucoma concept over the past two millennia. Previously, scholars were not able to agree on how the term glaucoma, which related in antiquity to the color of a diseased eye, ended up describing an excavated optic neuropathy which has nothing to do with color. The volume begins in the ancient world, and proceeds all the way to the modern era of optical coherence tomography, minimally invasive surgery, and anti-VEGF agents. Ophthalmic historians and glaucoma specialists from the United States, Europe, Asia, and Latin America have contributed their scholarship and recollections to this volume, which includes photographs from private collections, information from unpublished documents, and new translations from Latin, Arabic, French, German, and Spanish. The work of masters such as Julius Hirschberg and Max Meyerhof is supplemented by the latest scholarship, which has benefited from the explosion in digitally-accessible historical documents. This new scholarship has upended many deeply rooted beliefs about ophthalmology history. Most important, the volume relates the personal stories of eye surgeons and patients, to bring the past to life. The History of Glaucoma is a must-have for anyone interested in medical history"--Publisher information.

    Contents:
    Foreword / Robert N. Weinreb
    An Introduction to the History of Glaucoma / Christopher T. Leffler
    1. Glaucoma in the Ancient Greek and Roman Worlds / Christopher T. Leffler, Stephen G. Schwartz
    2. Glaucoma in the Medieval Arabic World / Christopher T. Leffler, Wasim A. Samara, Tamer M. Hadi, Ali Salman, Faraaz A. Khan
    3. Glaucoma in the European Middle Ages and Renaissance / Christopher Leffler, Eric Peterson
    4. Buphthalmos / Harry Mark
    5. The Early History of Glaucoma in East Asia / Christopher Leffler, Ka-Wai Fan
    6. Hydrophthalmia and Paracentesis / Christopher Leffler, Stephen G. Schwartz
    7. Glaucoma during the Enlightenment and Early Modern Periods (1700-1849) / Christopher Leffler, Stephen Schwartz
    8. John Thomas Woolhouse (1664-1733/4) and his Family of Oculists (1600-1751) / Christopher T. Leffler, Stephen G. Schwartz
    9. "Chevalier" John Taylor and His Descendants / Stephen G. Schwartz, Christopher T. Leffler
    10. Georg Joseph Beer and Glaucoma / Harry Mark
    11. Helmholtz and the Development of the Ophthalmoscope / Richard Keeler
    12. Glaucoma : A Pressure-Induced Optic Neuropathy (1850-1870) / Christopher Leffler
    13. Aqueous humor dynamics / Harry Mark
    14. Angle Closure Glaucoma Since 1871 / Christopher Leffler, Surbhi Bansal
    15. The History of Malignant Glaucoma / Andrzej Grzybowski, Piotr Kanclerz
    16. The History of Tonometry / Steven Newman
    17. A History of Perimetry and Visual Field Testing / Chris Johnson
    18. Open Angle Glaucoma in the Twentieth Century / Christopher Leffler
    19. The History of Glaucoma Medications / Tony Realini, Eva DeVience
    20. The History of the Surgical Microscope in Ophthalmology / Richard Keeler
    21. The History of Glaucoma Surgery and Laser Treatment / Reza Razeghinejad, Joanna Liput, George Spaeth
    22. Sympathectomy for glaucoma: its rise and fall (1898-1910) / Robert M. Feibel
    23. The Pathogenesis of Glaucomatous Optic Neuropathy / Sohan Singh Hayreh
    24. Mechanisms of Glaucoma Without Elevated Intraocular Pressure / Russell Swan, Brandon Baartman, Michael Greenwood, John Berdahl
    25. The History of Pediatric Glaucoma / Jana Bregman, Mona A. Kaleem, Janet Alexander, Sara Fard, Natario L. Couser
    26. The History of Glaucoma in Mexico / Rolando Neri-Vela
    27. The History of Neovascular Glaucoma / Adam Pflugrath
    28. The History of Iridocorneal Endothelial Syndrome / Surbhi Bansal
    29. The History of Pseudoexfoliation / Andrzej Grzybowski, Piotr Kanclerz
    30. The History of Pigment Dispersion Syndrome and Pigmentary Glaucoma / Lynn E. Harman, Curtis E. Margo
    31. Uveitic Glaucoma / Christopher Donovan, Lynn E. Harman
    32. Immunological Mechanisms in Glaucoma : History of Ideas and Hypotheses / Lynn E. Harman, Curtis E. Margo
    33. The Evolution of the Optic Disc Analysis : Past and Present / Fritz Dannheim
    34. The History of Optical Coherence Tomography / Rachel L. Anderson, Joel S. Schuman
    35. Glaucoma and other Ophthalmic Disorders in Selected Artists / James Ravin.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: History - LC Classification (Downstairs)
    RE871 .H56 2020
    1
  • Digital
    Shaun R. McCann.
    Contents:
    1. Science before science
    2. The Enlightenment and the unravelling of the circulation
    3. From a dream to a nightmare: HIV, haemophilia, and AIDS
    4. Red cells: how they live and how they die
    5. Blood and the hidden virus
    6. Radiation and transplantation: towards an understanding od stem cells
    7. Leukaemia
    8. 'If you prick us do we not bleed?': bleeding and blood clotting
    9. Molecules, genes, and gene therapy
    10. The same specialty: different approaches!
    11. The role of technology in haematology
    12. Combination chemotherapy.
    Digital Access Oxford 2016
  • Print
    by G.P. Srivastava ; with a foreword from George Urdang.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: History - LC Classification (Downstairs)
    RS67.I3 S7
    1
  • Print
    written and illustrated by Susan Dufresne.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    LC212.2 .D84 2018
    1
  • Print
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: History - LC Classification (Downstairs)
    Call number varies. Search for History of international public health to find individual volumes of this title.
  • Digital
    Elie M. Ferneini, Michael T. Goupil, Steven Halepas, editors.
    Summary: The multi-authored, multi-institutional, and multi-specialty-based text is designed as a valuable resource for surgeons working on the maxillofacial region. Meant to be a clinically based history of the past, the present, and the future of the field, this is a one-of-a-kind text that will cater to a variety of professions: from oral & maxillofacial surgeons, plastic and reconstructive surgeons, otolaryngologists head and neck surgeons, cosmetic surgeons and the general dental practitioner. The History of Maxillofacial Surgery: An Evidence-Based Journey is divided into three sections for ease of understanding: The first section gives an overview of the early history; the second section provides a discussion of conventional procedures; and the third section gives a history of advanced procedures and techniques. By understanding the fundamental procedures and techniques of the field, practitioners can continue to further the field by building upon the past. Including historic case studies paired with real patient photos, this text details why professionals do what they do today with insight directly from the clinic. To provide a unique perspective the book is edited by three individuals at different stages of their careers. Each chapter is authored by a young surgeon paired with a seasoned surgeon.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Preface
    Contents
    Contributors
    Part I: Early History
    Saint Apollonia: Patron Saint of Dentistry
    1 Introduction
    2 Egypt 249 CE, the First Written Description of Saint Apollonia
    3 The Legend
    4 The Patroness of Dentistry and the Healer of Dental Pain
    5 Relics
    6 St. Apollonia Commemorations: Statues, Churches, Plazas, Paintings, Stained Glass Windows
    References
    Anatomists: The Basis of Surgery
    1 Introduction
    2 From Galen to Vesalius
    3 The Sphenoid Bone
    4 Modern Anatomical Imaging 5 A Brief History of Cadaver Acquisition for Education
    6 Anatomy Through Art and Atlases
    7 Summary
    References
    The Barber-Surgeons
    1 Introduction
    2 Origins
    3 Scope of Practice
    4 European Medical Education
    5 Notable Barber-Surgeons
    6 The London Barber-Surgeons' Guild
    7 Barber Pole
    8 End of an Era
    9 Summary
    References
    The Three Pillars of Surgery
    1 Introduction
    2 Hemostasis - Ambroise Paré
    3 Anesthesia - Horace Wells
    4 Asepsis - Joseph Lister
    5 Summary
    References
    Anesthesia
    1 Introduction
    2 Inhalation Anesthetic Agents 3 Intubation and Inhaled Anesthesia Technology
    4 Parenteral Anesthesia
    4.1 Opioids
    5 Sedative Hypnotics and Other Intravenous Anesthetics
    6 Neuromuscular Blockers
    7 Parenteral and Local Anesthesia Technology
    8 Local Anesthesia
    8.1 Local Anesthesia Drugs
    9 Summary
    References
    The Legacy of Maxillofacial Surgery During the Great War
    1 Introduction
    2 Front-Line Care: Origins of the Harvard Unit
    3 Tertiary Care-Sir Harold Delf Gillies and the Surgeons of Sidcup
    4 Maxillofacial Surgical Advances by the Central Powers 5 Anna Ladd and Jane Poupelet and Their Facial Masks
    6 Summary
    References
    Formation of Head and Neck Surgical Specialties
    1 Introduction
    2 Otolaryngology and Head and Neck Surgery
    2.1 Birth of the Specialty
    2.2 Organizations
    3 Ophthalmology
    3.1 Birth of the Specialty
    3.2 Organizations
    4 Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery
    4.1 Birth of the Specialty
    4.2 Organizations
    5 Plastic and Reconstructive Surgery
    5.1 Birth of the Specialty
    5.2 Organizations
    6 Summary
    References
    Part II: Conventional Procedures
    Head and Neck Infections
    1 Prehistory 2 Treatment of Infection in Antiquity
    References
    Evolution of Tooth Removal
    1 Introduction
    2 Ancient History
    2.1 Prehistory Humans
    2.2 Eastern and Egyptian Era
    2.3 Greek and Roman Era
    2.4 Practitioners
    3 Early Instruments
    4 Nineteenth-Century Pioneers
    5 Twentieth-Century Notables
    6 Summary
    References
    Dental Implants and Bone Augmentation
    1 Introduction
    2 Implants in the Early Twentieth Century
    3 Brånemark and the Foundations of Modern Implantology
    4 Bone Augmentation
    5 Guided Bone Regeneration
    6 Sinus Lifts
    7 The Twenty-First Century
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Morris F. Collen, Marion J. Ball, editors.
    Summary: This is a meticulously detailed chronological record of significant events in the history of medical informatics and their impact on direct patient care and clinical research, offering a representative sampling of published contributions to the field. The History of Medical Informatics in the United States has been restructured within this new edition, reflecting the transformation medical informatics has undergone in the years since 1990. The systems that were once exclusively institutionally driven - hospital, multihospital, and outpatient information systems - are today joined by systems that are driven by clinical subspecialties, nursing, pathology, clinical laboratory, pharmacy, imaging, and more. At the core is the person - not the clinician, not the institution - whose health all these systems are designed to serve. A group of world-renowned authors have joined forces with Dr Marion Ball to bring Dr Collen's incredible work to press. These recognized leaders in medical informatics, many of whom are recipients of the Morris F. Collen Award in Medical Informatics and were friends of or mentored by Dr Collen, carefully reviewed, editing and updating his draft chapters. This has resulted in the most thorough history of the subject imaginable, and also provides readers with a roadmap for the subject well into later in the century.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Michael R. Kronenfeld, Jennie Jacobs Kronenfeld.
    Summary: "This book covers the history of medical libraries and librarianship from the founding of the Medical Library Association in 1898 to today. The authors present the different stages in the evolution of health science librarianship and conclude with a discussion of the new, digital era of health science libraries"-- Provided by publisher

    Contents:
    John Shaw Billings and the Library of the Office of the Army Surgeon General: 1836-1898
    The gentleman physician librarian era: 1898-1945
    The era of the development of the clinical research infrastructure (NIH), the rapid expansion in funded and published clinical research, and the emergence of the National Library of Medicine: 1945-1962
    The era of the development of the National Library of Medicine, online digital subject searching (MEDLINE) and the creation of the health science library infrastructure: 1962-1975
    The MEDLINE Era: The golden age of medical libraries: 1978-1995
    The era of universal access to information and the transition from paper to digitally based medical libraries: 1995-2015
    The emerging era of the digital health sciences library: 2015.
  • Digital/Print
    by Dr. Max Neuburger ... tr. by Ernest Playfair.
    Digital Access Google Books 1910
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    R131 .N479p
    1
  • Print
    Plinio Prioreschi.
    Contents:
    v. 1. Primitive and ancient medicine
    v. 2. Greek medicine
    v. 3. Roman medicine
    v. 4. Byzantine and Islamic medicine
    v. 5. Medieval medicine.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: History - LC Classification (Downstairs)
    R131 .P73
    4
  • Print
    Plinio Prioreschi.
    Contents:
    v. 1. Primitive and ancient medicine
    v. 2. Greek medicine
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: History - LC Classification (Downstairs)
    R131 .P73 1996
    2
  • Print
    Gill Paul.
    Summary: Takes readers on a 12,000-year journey to explore significant items that have advanced medical knowledge and practice. The fifty objects range from the everyday (a bottle of Aspirin) to singular medical advances (heart transplant pioneer Christian Bernard on the cover of TIME magazine). The objects are presented chronologically and described in two to four pages with illustrations, 150 beautiful archive images in all. Fact boxes note Location, Date, and Field, for example, epidemiology. Engaging text describes the artifacts in their social and cultural context, as well as their role in disease treatment and prevention.

    Contents:
    Neolithic Trepanned Skulls
    The Edwin Smith Papyrus
    Clay Tablets from Mesopotamia
    Atharva Veda
    Huangchi Neijing
    The Tree of Hippocrates
    The Aqua Appia
    Dioscorides' Materia Medica
    Galen's Phlebotome
    The Hôtel-Dieu
    Ten Treatises on the Eye
    The School of Salerno
    Avicenna's Tomb
    Plague Doctor's Mask
    De Humani Corporis Fabrica
    Santorio Santorio's Thermoscope
    Harvey's Diagram of Blood Circulation
    Chamberlen's Forceps
    Van Leeuwenhoek's Microscope
    The Cinchona Tree
    Edward Jenner's Lancet
    Laënnec's Stethoscope
    Morton's Ether Inhaler
    TB Sanatorium in Görbersdorf
    John Snow's Cholera Map
    Florence Nightingale's Lamp
    Louis Pasteur's Flask
    The Snellen Eye Chart
    The Red Cross Symbol
    Joseph Lister's Donkey Engine
    The X-ray Machine
    Bayer Aspirin
    Sigmund Freud's Couch
    Harold Gillies' Tubed Pedicle
    Spanish Flu Mask
    Lilly's Insulin Syringe
    The Iron Lung
    Alexander Fleming's Petri Dish
    Bryukhonenko's Autojektor
    Willem Kolff's Artificial Kidney
    World Health Organization Flag
    Crick and Watson's Double Helix
    Cigarette Package Health Warning
    The First Heart Transplant
    MRI Scanner
    Surgical Robots
    AIDS Awareness Ribbon
    Stem Cells
    Thought-Controlled Prosthesis
    Protective Clothing for Ebola.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: History - LC Classification (Downstairs)
    R133 .P28 2016
    1
  • Digital
    Zoltan A. Nagy.
    Summary: A History of Modern Immunology: A Path Toward Understanding describes, analyzes, and conceptualizes several seminal events and discoveries in immunology in the last third of the 20th century, the era when most questions about the biology of the immune system were raised and also found their answers. Written by an eyewitness to this history, the book gives insight into personal aspects of the important figures in the discipline, and its data driven emphasis on understanding will benefit both young and experienced scientists. This book provides a concise introduction to topics including immunological specificity, antibody diversity, monoclonal antibodies, major histocompatibility complex, antigen presentation, T cell biology, immunological tolerance, and autoimmune disease. This broad background of the discipline of immunology is a valuable companion for students of immunology, research and clinical immunologists, and research managers in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries. Contains the history of major breakthroughs in immunology featured with authenticity and insider detailsGives an insight into personal aspects of the players in the history of immunologyEnables the reader to recognize and select data of heuristic value which elucidate important facets of the immune systemProvides good examples and guidelines for the recognition and selection of what is important for the exploration of the immune systemGives clear separation of descriptive and interpretive parts, allowing the reader to distinguish between facts and analysis provided by the author.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
  • Digital
    volume editors, J. Bogousslavsky, F. Boller, M. Iwata.
    Contents:
    The discovery of cerebral specialization / Harris, L.J
    The introduction of emotions and behavior in the assessment of neurological patients / Genetti Gatfield, M., Colombo, F., Annoni, J.-M
    Anatomical error of Pierre Marie's 'zone lenticulaire' / Iwata, M
    Gogi (word meaning) aphasia and its relation with semantic dementia / Yamadori, A
    Alexia and agraphia from 1861 to 1965 / Henderson, V.W
    Kanji (morphogram) and kana (phonogram) problem in Japanese alexia and agraphia / Sakurai, Y
    Early history of amnesia / Langer, K.G
    History of anosognosia / Gainotti, G
    History of amusia / Kawamura, M., Miller, M.W
    Hemineglect and attentional dysfunction / Langer, K.G., Piechowski-Jozwiak, B., Bogousslavsky, J
    History of frontal syndromes and executive dysfunction / DeRight, J
    History of subcortical cognitive impairment / Filley, C.M
    History of dementia / Assal, F
    Neurology versus psychiatry? Hallucinations, delusions, and confabulations / Carota, A., Bogousslavsky, J
    Developmental cognitive deficits : a historical overview of early cases / Eling, P
    History of neuropsychological assessment / Eling, P
    Historical pathway from description of cognitive recovery to formal neuropsychological rehabilitation / Magnin, E., Ryff, I., Brun, B., Decavle, P., Hague, S., Moulin, T
    Shining a light on some of the most famous 19th and 20th century's neuropsychologists / Walusinski, O., Boller, F., Henderson, V.W.
    Digital Access Karger 2019
  • Print
    by Adam Politzer ; an English translation by Stanley Milstein, Collice Portnoff, Antje Coleman.
    Contents:

    v. 1. From earliest times to the middle of the nineteenth century.
    Print Access
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: History - LC Classification (Downstairs)
    RF25 .P761
    1
  • Print
    Mudry, Albert.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: History - LC Classification (Downstairs)
    RF110 .M837 2015
    1
  • Print
    by Johan P. Mackenbach.
    Summary: "In A History of Population Health Johan P. Mackenbach offers a broad-sweeping study of the spectacular changes in people's health in Europe since the early 18th century. Most of the 40 specific diseases covered in this book show a fascinating pattern of 'rise-and-fall', with large differences in timing between countries. Using a unique collection of historical data and bringing together insights from demography, economics, sociology, political science, medicine, epidemiology and general history, it shows that these changes and variations did not occur spontaneously, but were mostly man-made. Throughout European history, changes in health and longevity were therefore closely related to economic, social, and political conditions, with public health and medical care both making important contributions to population health improvement"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Utopia come true?
    The epidemiologic transition theory
    How to read this book
    Part 1. Long-term trends: A bird's eye view
    Long-term trends in population health
    Changes in over-all population health
    Changes in disease patterns
    Epidemiologic transition
    Understanding trends in population health
    Theories of population health
    Economic, political and sociocultural conditions
    Public health and medical care
    Part 2. Zooming in: The rise and fall of diseases
    Health problems of pre-industrial societies
    Violence and hunger
    Great epidemics
    Health problems of industrializing societies
    Communicable diseases
    Maternal, infant and perinatal mortality
    Other health problems of industrializing societies
    Health problems of affluent societies
    Chronic diseases
    Injuries
    A new plague
    Part 3. Synthesis and outlook
    Why?
    Why did European population health improve?
    Why did some countries rush ahead or lag behind?
    Outlook
    Feathers of Icarus
    The way ahead
    By way of conclusion.
    Digital Access 2020
  • Digital
    Sutchin R. Patel, Michael E. Moran, Stephen Y. Nakada, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Jeremy C. Ganz.
    Contents:
    Ch. 1. Background knowledge in the early days
    Ch. 2. Some physics from 550 BC and AD 1948
    Ch. 3. Medical physics - particle accelerators - the beginning
    Ch. 4. From particle accelerator to radiosurgery
    Ch. 5. Stereotactic and radiosurgery concepts in Sweden
    Ch. 6. Stereotactic and radiosurgery research in Sweden
    Ch. 7. The journey from proton to gamma knife
    Ch. 8. The earliest gamma unit patients
    Ch. 9. Stockholm radiosurgery developing 1968-1982
    Ch. 10. From Stockholm to Pittsburgh
    Ch. 11. Changing times and early debates
    Ch. 12. The development of dose planning
    Ch. 13. Changing the gamma knife
    Ch. 14. Conclusion and possible future trends
    Index.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
  • Print
    J. Marion Read and Mary E. Mathes.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: History - LC Classification (Downstairs)
    R10 .R28 1958
    1
  • Print
    abstracted from the manuscript notes of the late Cecil Wall by the late H. Charles Cameron ; rev., annotated, and ed. by E. Ashworth Underwood.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: History - LC Classification (Downstairs)
    RS11 .W18 1963
    1
  • Print
    Guido Silvestri, Mathias Lichterfeld, editors.
    Contents:
    Molecular control of HIV and SIV latency
    Assays to measure latency, reservoirs, and reactivation
    The antiviral immune response and its impact on the HIV-1 reservoir
    Nonhuman primate models for studies of AIDS virus persistence during suppressive combination antiretroviral therapy
    SIV latency in macrophages in the CNS
    Mathematical models of HIV latency
    Residual immune activation and latency
    Immune interventions to eliminate the HIV reservoir
    Cell and gene therapy for HIV cure.
  • Digital
    Marc H V Van Regenmortel.
    Summary: This book gathers a series of pivotal papers on the development of an HIV/AIDS vaccine published in the last two decades. Accompanied by extensive comments putting the material into an up-to-date context, all three parts of the book offer a broad overview of the numerous unsuccessful attempts made in recent years to develop a preventive HIV vaccine. Providing a detailed review and analysis of studies published from 1998 to the present day, it examines the likely reasons for the failure to develop an HIV vaccine despite multi-million dollar investments.

    Contents:
    Part I.Immunochemistry
    1 What is a B cell epitope
    2 Molecular design versus empirical discovery in peptide-based vaccines. Coming to terms with fuzzy recognition sites and ill-defined structure-function relationships in immunology
    3 Synthetic Peptide Vaccines and the Search for Neutralization B Cell Epitopes
    4 Specificity, polyspecificity, and heterospecificity of antibody-antigen recognition
    Part II. Reductionism
    5 Reductionism and the search for structure-function relationships in antibody molecules
    6 Reductionism and complexity in molecular biology
    7 Editorial: Biological complexity emerges from the ashes of genetic reductionism
    8 The rational design of biological complexity: A deceptive metaphor., 9 Basic research in HIV vaccinology is hampered by reductionist thinking
    10 Commentary: Basic Research in HIV Vaccinology Is Hampered by Reductionist Thinking
    11 Nature and Consequences of Biological Reductionism for the Immunological Study of Infectious Diseases., Part III. Vaccinology
    12 Limitations to the structure-based design of HIV-1 vaccine immunogens
    13 Two meanings of reverse vaccinology and the empirical nature of vaccine science
    14 Requirements for empirical immunogenicity trials, rather than structure-based design, for developing an effective HIV vaccine
    15 Paradigm Changes and the Future of HIV Vaccine Research: A Summary of a Workshop Held in Baltimore on 20 November 2013
    16 Editorial: Paradigm changes are required in HIV vaccine research
    17 An outdated notion of antibody specificity is one of the major detrimental assumptions of the structure-based reverse vaccinology paradigm, which prevented it from helping to develop an effective HIV-1 vaccine
    18 More surprises in the development of an HIV vaccine
    19 Why Does the Molecular Structure of Broadly Neutralizing Monoclonal Antibodies Isolated from Individuals Infected with HIV-1 not Inform the Rational Design of an HIV-1 Vaccine?
    20 Old a nd New Concepts and Strategies in HIV Vaccinology: A Report from a Workshop held in Rome on 17 June 2016
    21 Structure-Based Reverse Vaccinology Failed in the Case of HIV Because it Disregarded Accepted Immunological Theory
    22 Immune systems rather than antigenic epitopes elicit and produce protective antibodies against HIV
    23 Development of a Preventive HIV Vaccine Requires Solving Inverse Problems Which Is Unattainable by Rational Vaccine Design
    24 Viral species, viral genomes and HIV vaccine design: is the rational design of biological complexity a utopia?.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital/Print
    Craig Meyers, editor.
    Summary: In this book, leading experts examine the clinical and biological aspects of viruses known to play a role in the oncogenesis of AIDS-associated cancers and non-AIDS-defining malignancies more commonly observed in HIV-infected individuals. Among the malignancies considered are those associated with Kaposi sarcoma-associated herpesvirus (KSHV) or Epstein-Barr virus (EBV), Merkel cell carcinoma due to Merkel cell polyomavirus (MCPyV), human papillomavirus (HPV)-associated anogenital and oropharyngeal cancers, and hepatitis B and C virus (HBV/HCV)-associated liver cancers. It also provides detailed information on the molecular biology of the causative viral agents and guidance on the specific treatment required in this special population. Covering all the important advances in our understanding made since the first edition was published in 2007, including the discovery and characterization of MCPyV, which brought the number of known human oncoviruses to seven, this new edition is a valuable resource for members of the scientific and healthcare community and active researchers in this field.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC261 .A335 2019
    1
  • Digital
    Zunyou Wu, Yu Wang, Roger Detels, Marc Bulterys, Jennifer M. McGoogan, editors.
    Summary: With HIV becoming the leading cause of infectious-disease mortality in Mainland China, this book focuses on tackling HIV/AIDS in the face of rapid political and economic change in China. Featuring contributions by over a dozen leading figures in the field, this book is the go-to text for any student or reader interested in how national and international organizations are attempting to control this epidemic. The book includes chapters on the epidemiology, treatment, and prevention of HIV, as well as several chapters that discuss in detail specific provincial- and national-level programs to control and treat HIV. It chronicles the Chinese governments amazing about-face, as it replaced underfunded, non-evidence based policy decisions with successful, science-based approaches to disease control and prevention, including the adoption of once controversial needle-exchange programs and the establishment of a national HIV/AIDS data registry. It measures the success of national policy decisions, the implementation of treatment policies, and discusses the difficulty of accessing high-risk communities, including people who inject drugs, sex workers, and men who have sex with men - groups not easy to reach, study, engage in prevention programs, or treatment, for fear of stigmatization and loss of social status. Further, it documents the spread of HIV to other provinces, and the tragedy that befell repeat plasma donors in Henan and other poor provinces, where reused or improperly sterilized lab equipment caused some villages to have epidemic-level incidence rates. This book represents a positive contribution to the field of AIDS research, making vital, new information available to an interested readership.

    Contents:
    Epidemiology
    Prevention
    Treatment
    Comprehensive Program
    Key Areas Response
    Conclusion.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Fayth M. Parks, Gregory S. Felzien, Sally Jue, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital/Print
    Digital Access Google Books 1999-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    RA644.A25 H679
    2
  • Digital
    volume editors, Mark Brennan-Ing, Rosanna F. DeMarco.
    Contents:
    Preface
    Local and global HIV aging demographics and research
    Are HIV-infected older adults aging differently?
    Cellular senescence, immunosenescence and HIV
    Biomarkers and clinical indices of aging with HIV
    Multimorbidity and burden of disease
    Polypharmacy, using new treatments to customize care for aging patients and adherence present and future
    Behavioral health
    Disability among persons aging with HIV/AIDS
    Application of geriatric principles and care models in HIV and aging
    Sexual health, risk and prevention
    Stigma in an aging context
    Social support systems and social network characteristics of older adults with HIV
    Remediating HIV-associated neurocognitive disorders via cognitive training: a perspective on neurocognitive aging
    Mental health, psychosocial challenges and resillence in older adults living with HIV
    Medical, social and supportive services for older adults with HIV
    The relevance of palliative care in HIV and aging
    Ageism, aging, and HIV: community responses to prevention, treatment, care and support
    Author index
    Subject index.
    Digital Access Karger 2017
  • Digital
    Lisa M. Chirch, Jurate Ivanaviciene, editors.
    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents; Contributors;
    Chapter 1: Disorders of the Esophagus; Clinical Presentation; Opportunistic Infections; Esophageal Candidiasis; Histoplasmosis; Mycobacterium Species; Herpesviridae Family; CMV; HSV; HHV-8; Idiopathic Ulcer; Noninfectious Etiologies; Lymphoma; Non-AIDS-Defining Esophageal Cancer; Motility Disorders; References;
    Chapter 2: HIV and the Stomach;
    Chapter 3: Biliary Tree and Gallbladder Pathology in HIV; Introduction; AIDS Cholangiopathy; Opportunistic; Bacterial; Viral; Fungal; Parasitic/Protozoal; Noninfectious Etiologies; Vanishing Bile Duct Syndrome Antiretroviral Therapy-RelatedMalignancy; Diagnostic Testing; Cholangiography: MRCP and ERCP; Therapy; Procedural/Surgical; Prognosis; References;
    Chapter 4: Disorders of the Liver Excluding Hepatitis A, B, C, D, and E; Introduction; Histoplasmosis; Epidemiology; Pathophysiology; Clinical Presentation; Diagnosis; Treatment; Cryptococcus; Epidemiology; Pathophysiology; Clinical Presentation; Diagnosis; Treatment; Coccidioides; Epidemiology; Pathophysiology; Clinical Presentation; Diagnosis; Treatment; Candida; Epidemiology; Pathophysiology; Clinical Presentation; Diagnosis; Treatment PneumocystisEpidemiology; Pathophysiology; Clinical Presentation; Diagnosis; Treatment; Penicillium; Epidemiology; Pathophysiology; Clinical Presentation; Diagnosis; Treatment; Schistosomiasis; Epidemiology; Pathophysiology; Clinical Presentation; Diagnosis; Treatment; Bartonella; Epidemiology; Pathophysiology; Clinical Presentation; Diagnosis; Treatment; Tuberculosis; Epidemiology; Pathophysiology; Clinical Presentation; Diagnosis; Treatment; EBV; CMV; HSV; VZV; Adenovirus; HHV-8; HHV6; Drug-Induced Liver Injury in HIV; Antituberculosis Medications in HIV and the Liver Prevention of OI in HIV and the LiverConclusion; References;
    Chapter 5: Viral Hepatitis;
    Chapter 6: Disorders of the Pancreas; Epidemiology/Etiology; Acute HIV/Acute Pancreatitis; Antiretroviral (ART) Drug-Induced Pancreatitis; Nucleoside Reverse Transcriptase Inhibitors (NRTIs); Protease Inhibitors (PIs); Drug-Induced Pancreatitis Associated with Chemoprophylactic Drugs/Opportunistic Infections; Acute Pancreatitis Triggered by Opportunistic Infections; Mycobacterial Infections; Fungal Infections; Protozoan Parasitic Infections; AIDS-Associated Neoplasia; References
    Chapter 7: Disorders of the Small BowelViral Infections; Cytomegalovirus; Epidemiology; Clinical Presentation; Diagnosis; Treatment; Norovirus; Epidemiology; Clinical Presentation; Diagnosis; Treatment; Herpes Simplex Virus (HSV); Epidemiology; Clinical Manifestations; Diagnosis; Treatment; Adenovirus; Epidemiology; Clinical Manifestations; Diagnosis/Treatment; Mycobacterial Infections; Mycobacterium tuberculosis; Epidemiology; Clinical Manifestations; Diagnosis; Complications; Treatment; Mycobacterium avium Complex (MAC); Epidemiology; Clinical Presentation; Diagnosis; Treatment
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by John A. Joska, Dan J. Stein, Igor Grant.
    Contents:
    Epidemiology of psychopathology in HIV / Milton L. Wainberg, Karen McKinnon and Francine Cournos
    Pathogenesis of mental health disorders in HIV / Gursharan Chana, Chad A. Bousman and Ian P. Everall
    Clinical aspects of HIV-related neurocognitive disorders / Nicholas W.S. Davies and Bruce J. Brew
    Treatment of psychiatric disorders in HIV / Maria Ferrara, Ignacio Perez Valero, David J. Moore, Adam F. Knight, Nichole A. Duarte and J. Hampton Atkinson
    Special populations and public health aspects / Francine Cournos, Karen McKinnon, Veronica Pinho and Milton Wainberg.
    Digital Access Wiley 2014
  • Digital
    Irini Sereti, Gregory P. Bisson, Graeme Meintjes, editors.
    Summary: Globally, HIV-associated tuberculosis is one of the most important causes of infection-related death, accounting for over 300,000 deaths worldwide in 2017. The HIV epidemic has undermined TB control efforts in many countries across the world, as the virus has important modifying effects on the pathogenesis, diagnosis, and treatment of TB. The management of HIV-associated TB is also complicated by rapid clinical progression, immune reconstitution inflammatory syndrome, drug-drug interactions, and shared toxicities. The past two decades have yielded thousands of research publications and review articles on HIV-associated TB. HIV and Tuberculosis: A Formidable Alliance consolidates this massive amount of data into a single resource. With contributions from myriad disciplines, including epidemiology, immunology, public health, and clinical medicine, this book provides well-rounded and thorough coverage that will appeal to researchers and clinicians alike.

    Contents:
    1. Overview of the HIV-associated tuberculosis epidemic
    2 . Epidemiology of Drug-susceptible, Drug-resistant Tuberculosis and HIV in Africa
    3. Modelling the HIV-associated TB epidemic and the impact of interventions aimed at epidemic control
    4. Immune responses to Mycobacterium tuberculosis and the impact of HIV infection
    5. Clinical Manifestations of HIV-associated tuberculosis in adults
    6. The tuberculosis-associated immune reconstitution inflammatory syndrome (TB-IRIS)
    7. Diagnosis of HIV-associated tuberculosis
    8. Recent advances in the treatment of latent tuberculosis infection among adults living with HIV
    9. Treatment of drug-sensitive tuberculosis in persons with HIV
    10. Drug-resistant TB and HIV
    11. Co-treatment of tuberculosis and HIV: pharmacologic considerations
    12. HIV and TB in children
    13. Neurological TB in HIV.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Gary Jones.
    Summary: Revisiting the thinking on vulnerability to HIV and risk of infection, this book provides better understanding by considering the risk of HIV infection alongside notions of personal and collective resilience, dignity and humiliation. The work shows that young people in the urban slum dignify their world and, in doing so, establish priorities and draw on a set of references oftentimes intelligible to them alone. Moreover, humiliation, as an interpersonal event, adds to a sense of vulnerability and lies closely behind choices directly affecting personal health and livelihood. Thus, dignity and humiliation are shown for the first time to have a critical role in health seeking and risky behavior related to HIV, and this is an area in great need of further research. The crucial focus of this work is further emphasized by the rapid growth of urban slums, and high rates of HIV among both slum dwellers and young people, who continue to bear the brunt of the AIDS epidemic, thirty years on. This comprehensive literature review provides a compelling argument that the time is right to further explore the nexus of risk and resilience from a people-centered perspective. Fresh insight is critical to reach the goal of ending AIDS by 2030.

    Contents:
    1. Introduction
    2. Vulnerability and Risk
    health and well being in the slum
    3. HIV as an urban epidemic
    4. Young people -vulnerability, risk and HIV in the urban slum
    5. Migration, young people and vulnerability in the urban slum
    6. Conclusion
    strengthening the evidence.
    Digital Access Springer 2016

Lane Library Bookmarklet

Lane Library Bookmarklet

To install, drag this button to your browser bookmarks or tools bar.

What is it?

Lane Library Bookmarklet

Bookmark on Other Websites

Bookmark on Lane

  • To Install, Right Click this Button.
  • Select "Add to Favorites" (click “Continue” if you see a security alert)
  • From the "Create in" menu, select “Favorites Bar” (IE8, IE9) to install
  • Once installed it will look like this
  • Click "Bookmark on Lane" to bookmark any webpage
  • Your saved bookmark will appear on this page
To Install, Right Click this Button.

What is it?

Beyond Stanford

Derived from Current Medical Diagnosis & Treatment, AccessMedicine's Quick Medical Diagnosis & Treatment provides topic reviews with key diagnostic and treatment features for more than 500 diseases.

A repository of medical knowledge from internal medicine, cardiology, genetics, pharmacy, diagnosis and management, basic sciences, patient care, and more.

Continuously expanding, all databases in the repository contain the latest editions of selected medical titles.

MicroMedex: Premier pharmaceutical information source containing multiple databases and drug reference tools. Of particular value is DRUGDEX Evaluations, one of the most comprehensive drug sources available. DynaMed is a clinical information resource used to answer questions quickly at the point-of-care. Easy-to-interpret Levels of Evidence help clinicians rapidly determine the quality of the available evidence.

Biomedical and pharmacological abstracting and indexing database of published literature, by Elsevier. Embase® contains over 32 million records from over 8,500 currently published journals (1947-present) and is noteworthy for its extensive coverage of the international pharmaceutical and alternative/complementary medicine literature.

Scopus is the largest abstract and citation database of peer-reviewed literature: scientific journals, books and conference proceedings. A drug information resource containing: American Hospital Formulary System (AHFS), drug formulary for Lucile Packard Children's Hospital (LPCH) and Stanford Hospital & Clinics (SHC), Lexi-Drugs (adverse reactions, dosage and administration, mechanism of action, storage, use, and administration information), Lexi-Calc, Lexi-ID, Lexi-I.V. Compatibility (King Guide), Lexi-Interact, and Lexi-PALS. Cumulative Index to Nursing and Allied Health Literature (CINAHL) contains coverage of nursing and allied health literature. A knowledge database that provides access to topic reviews based on over 6000 clinically relevant articles. The evidence-based content, updated regularly, provides the latest practice guidelines in 59 medical specialties. Provides critical assessments of systematic reviews compiled from a variety of medical journals. Selects from the biomedical literature original studies and systematic reviews that are immediately clinically relevant and then summarizes these articles in an enhanced abstract with expert commentary.

Multidisciplinary coverage of over 10,000 high-impact journals in the sciences, social sciences, and arts and humanities, as well as international proceedings coverage for over 120,000 conferences.

Includes cited reference searching, citation maps, and an analyze tool.

Features systematic reviews that summarize the effects of interventions and makes a determination whether the intervention is efficacious or not.

Cochrane reviews are created through a strict process of compiling and analyzing data from multiple randomized control trials to ensure comprehensiveness and reliability.

Provides systematic coverage of the psychological literature from the 1800s to the present through articles, book chapters and dissertations. PIER (Physicians' Information and Education Resource) is a Web-based decision-support tool designed for rapid point-of-care delivery of up-to-date, evidence-based guidance for primary care physicians. Cochrane Central Register of Controlled Trials (CENTRAL) provides access to 300,000 controlled trials that have been identified the Cochrane Collaboration. Provides drug information targeted for patients. A continually updating drug monograph. ECRI Guidelines Trust: A comprehensive database of evidence-based clinical practice guidelines and related documents. MedlinePlus: A repository of health information from the National Library of Medicine. Links are from trusted sites. No advertising, no endorsement of commercial companies or products LPCH CareNotes via MicroMedex: Patient education handouts customized by LPCH clinical staff Micromedex Lab Advisor: Evidence based laboratory test information Provides patient handouts from the American Academy of Family Physician.

Largest, broadest eBook package; covers all sciences, as well as technology (including software), medicine, and humanities.

In addition to covering Wiley and Springer, MyiLibrary is also the only provider for Oxford and Cambridge University Press titles. No seat restrictions.

A collection of biomedical books that can be searched directly by concept, and linked to terms in PubMed abstracts.

A web-based, decision support system for infectious diseases, epidemiology, microbiology and antimicrobial chemotherapy. The database, updated weekly, currently includes 337 diseases, 224 countries, 1,147 microbial taxa and 306 antibacterial (-fungal, -parasitic, -viral) agents and vaccines.

Over 10,000 notes outline the status of specific infections within each country.

Large number of high quality software and database programming titles from O'Reilly. Other software titles are also available from Sams and Prentice Hall. Limited to 7 concurrent users. Includes peer-reviewed life science and biomedical research protocols compiled from Methods in Molecular Biology, Methods in Molecular Medicine, Methods in Biotechnology, Methods in Pharmacology and Toxicology, Neuromethods, the Biomethods Handbook, the Proteomics Handbook, and Springer Laboratory Manuals. Contains full text access to selected biomedical and nursing books.

Provides online, full-text access to Springer's journal titles as well as journals from other publishers.

Subjects include: life sciences, chemical sciences, environmental sciences, geosciences, computer science, mathematics, medicine, physics and astronomy, engineering and economics. Also includes eBooks.

Collection of over 8 thousand fulltext titles in engineering, math, and basic and applied biomedical research. Coverage is from 1967 to the present. A library of ebooks on a wide array of topics, digitized and made available online in conjunction with the original publishers.